FFmpeg

About

News

Download

Documentation

Community
o

Mailing Lists

IRC

Forums

Bug Reports

Wiki

Developers
o

Source Code

Contribute

FATE

Code Coverage

More
o

Donate

Hire Developers

Contact

Security

Legal

FFmpeg Filters Documentation

Table of Contents

1 Description

2 Filtering Introduction

3 graph2dot

4 Filtergraph description
o

4.1 Filtergraph syntax

4.2 Notes on filtergraph escaping

5 Timeline editing

6 Audio Filters
o

6.1 acompressor

6.2 acrossfade

6.2.1 Examples

6.3 acrusher

6.4 adelay

6.5 aecho

6.6 aemphasis

6.7 aeval

6.8 afade

6.9 afftfilt

6.10 aformat

6.11 agate

6.12 alimiter

6.13 allpass

6.14 aloop

6.15 amerge

6.16 amix

6.17 anequalizer

6.4.1 Examples
6.5.1 Examples

6.7.1 Examples
6.8.1 Examples
6.9.1 Examples

6.15.1 Examples

6.17.1 Examples

6.17.2 Commands

6.18 anull

6.19 apad

6.20 aphaser

6.21 apulsator

6.22 aresample

6.23 areverse

6.24 asetnsamples

6.25 asetrate

6.26 ashowinfo

6.27 astats

6.28 asyncts

6.29 atempo

6.30 atrim

6.31 bandpass

6.32 bandreject

6.33 bass

6.34 biquad

6.35 bs2b

6.36 channelmap

6.37 channelsplit

6.38 chorus

6.39 compand

6.40 compensationdelay

6.41 crystalizer

6.42 dcshift

6.43 dynaudnorm

6.44 earwax

6.45 equalizer

6.46 extrastereo

6.47 firequalizer

6.19.1 Examples

6.22.1 Examples
6.23.1 Examples

6.29.1 Examples

6.38.1 Examples
6.39.1 Examples

6.45.1 Examples

6.48 flanger

6.49 hdcd

6.50 highpass

6.51 join

6.52 ladspa

6.52.1 Examples

6.52.2 Commands

6.53 loudnorm

6.54 lowpass

6.55 pan

6.55.1 Mixing examples

6.55.2 Remapping examples

6.56 replaygain

6.57 resample

6.58 rubberband

6.59 sidechaincompress

6.60 sidechaingate

6.61 silencedetect

6.62 silenceremove

6.63 sofalizer

6.64 stereotools

6.65 stereowiden

6.66 treble

6.67 tremolo

6.68 vibrato

6.69 volume

6.62.1 Examples
6.63.1 Examples
6.64.1 Examples

6.69.1 Commands
6.69.2 Examples

6.70 volumedetect
6.70.1 Examples

7 Audio Sources
o

7.1 abuffer

7.2 aevalsrc

7.3 anullsrc

7.4 flite

7.5 anoisesrc

7.6 sine

6.61.1 Examples

6.59.1 Examples

6.47.1 Examples

7.1.1 Examples
7.2.1 Examples
7.3.1 Examples
7.4.1 Examples
7.5.1 Examples
7.6.1 Examples

8 Audio Sinks
o

8.1 abuffersink

8.2 anullsink

9 Video Filters
o

9.1 alphaextract

9.2 alphamerge

9.3 ass

9.4 atadenoise

9.5 avgblur

9.6 bbox

9.7 bitplanenoise

9.8 blackdetect

9.9 blackframe

9.10 blend, tblend

9.11 boxblur

9.12 bwdif

9.13 chromakey

9.14 ciescope

9.15 codecview

9.16 colorbalance

9.17 colorkey

9.18 colorlevels

9.19 colorchannelmixer

9.20 colormatrix

9.21 colorspace

9.22 convolution

9.23 copy

9.24 coreimage

9.25 crop

9.10.1 Examples
9.11.1 Examples

9.13.1 Examples

9.15.1 Examples
9.16.1 Examples
9.17.1 Examples
9.18.1 Examples
9.19.1 Examples

9.22.1 Examples

9.24.1 Examples

9.25.1 Examples

9.25.2 Commands

9.26 cropdetect

9.27 curves

9.28 datascope

9.29 dctdnoiz

9.30 deband

9.31 decimate

9.32 deflate

9.33 dejudder

9.34 delogo

9.35 deshake

9.36 detelecine

9.37 dilation

9.38 displace

9.39 drawbox

9.40 drawgrid

9.41 drawtext

9.27.1 Examples

9.29.1 Examples

9.34.1 Examples

9.38.1 Examples
9.39.1 Examples
9.40.1 Examples

9.41.1 Syntax

9.41.2 Text expansion

9.41.3 Examples

9.42 edgedetect

9.43 eq

9.44 erosion

9.45 extractplanes

9.42.1 Examples
9.43.1 Commands

9.45.1 Examples

9.46 elbg

9.47 fade

9.48 fftfilt

9.49 field

9.50 fieldhint

9.51 fieldmatch

9.47.1 Examples
9.48.1 Examples

9.51.1 p/c/n/u/b meaning

9.52 fieldorder

9.53 fifo, afifo

9.54 find_rect

9.55 cover_rect

9.56 format

9.57 fps

9.58 framepack

9.59 framerate

9.60 framestep

9.61 frei0r

9.62 fspp

9.63 gblur

9.64 geq

9.65 gradfun

9.66 haldclut

9.51.1.1 p/c/n

9.51.1.2 u/b

9.51.2 Examples

9.54.1 Examples
9.55.1 Examples
9.56.1 Examples
9.57.1 Examples

9.61.1 Examples

9.64.1 Examples
9.65.1 Examples
9.66.1 Workflow examples

9.66.1.1 Hald CLUT video stream

9.66.1.2 Hald CLUT with preview

9.67 hflip

9.68 histeq

9.69 histogram

9.70 hqdn3d

9.71 hwupload_cuda

9.72 hqx

9.73 hstack

9.74 hue

9.69.1 Examples

9.74.1 Examples

9.74.2 Commands

9.75 hysteresis

9.76 idet

9.77 il

9.78 inflate

9.79 interlace

9.80 kerndeint

9.81 lenscorrection

9.82 loop

9.83 lut3d

9.84 lut, lutrgb, lutyuv

9.80.1 Examples
9.81.1 Options

9.84.1 Examples

9.85 lut2

9.86 maskedclamp

9.87 maskedmerge

9.88 mcdeint

9.89 mergeplanes

9.90 mestimate

9.91 minterpolate

9.92 mpdecimate

9.93 negate

9.94 nlmeans

9.95 nnedi

9.96 noformat

9.97 noise

9.98 null

9.99 ocr

9.100 ocv

9.85.1 Examples

9.89.1 Examples

9.96.1 Examples
9.97.1 Examples

9.100.1 dilate

9.100.2 erode

9.100.3 smooth

9.101 overlay

9.101.1 Commands

9.101.2 Examples

9.102 owdenoise

9.103 pad

9.104 palettegen

9.105 paletteuse

9.106 perspective

9.107 phase

9.108 pixdesctest

9.109 pp

9.110 pp7

9.111 prewitt

9.112 psnr

9.113 pullup

9.114 qp

9.115 random

9.116 readvitc

9.117 remap

9.118 removegrain

9.119 removelogo

9.120 repeatfields

9.121 reverse

9.122 rotate

9.103.1 Examples
9.104.1 Examples
9.105.1 Examples

9.109.1 Examples

9.114.1 Examples

9.116.1 Examples

9.121.1 Examples

9.122.1 Examples

9.122.2 Commands

9.123 sab

9.124 scale

9.124.1 Options

9.124.2 Examples

9.124.3 Commands

9.125 scale_npp

9.126 scale2ref

9.127 selectivecolor

9.128 separatefields

9.129 setdar, setsar

9.130 setfield

9.131 showinfo

9.132 showpalette

9.133 shuffleframes

9.134 shuffleplanes

9.135 signalstats

9.136 smartblur

9.137 ssim

9.138 stereo3d

9.139 streamselect, astreamselect

9.126.1 Examples
9.127.1 Examples

9.129.1 Examples

9.133.1 Examples
9.134.1 Examples
9.135.1 Examples

9.138.1 Examples

9.139.1 Commands

9.139.2 Examples

9.140 sobel

9.141 spp

9.142 subtitles

9.143 super2xsai

9.144 swaprect

9.145 swapuv

9.146 telecine

9.147 thumbnail

9.148 tile

9.149 tinterlace

9.150 transpose

9.151 trim

9.152 unsharp

9.153 uspp

9.154 vaguedenoiser

9.155 vectorscope

9.156 vidstabdetect

9.157 vidstabtransform

9.147.1 Examples
9.148.1 Examples

9.152.1 Examples

9.156.1 Examples

9.157.1 Options

9.157.2 Examples

9.158 vflip

9.159 vignette

9.159.1 Expressions

9.159.2 Examples

9.160 vstack

9.161 w3fdif

9.162 waveform

9.163 weave

9.164 xbr

9.165 yadif

9.166 zoompan

9.163.1 Examples

9.166.1 Examples

9.167 zscale

10.1 buffer

10.2 cellauto

10.3 coreimagesrc

10.4 mandelbrot

10.5 mptestsrc

10.6 frei0r_src

10.7 life

10.8 allrgb, allyuv, color, haldclutsrc, nullsrc, rgbtestsrc, smptebars, smptehdbars, testsrc, testsrc2, yuvtestsrc

9.167.1 Options

10 Video Sources

10.2.1 Examples
10.3.1 Examples

10.7.1 Examples
10.8.1 Commands

11 Video Sinks
o

11.1 buffersink

11.2 nullsink

12 Multimedia Filters
o

12.1 ahistogram

12.2 aphasemeter

12.3 avectorscope

12.4 bench, abench

12.5 concat

12.6 drawgraph, adrawgraph

12.7 ebur128

12.8 interleave, ainterleave

12.9 metadata, ametadata

12.10 perms, aperms

12.11 realtime, arealtime

12.12 select, aselect

12.13 sendcmd, asendcmd

12.3.1 Examples
12.4.1 Examples
12.5.1 Examples

12.7.1 Examples
12.8.1 Examples
12.9.1 Examples

12.12.1 Examples

12.13.1 Commands syntax

12.13.2 Examples

12.14 setpts, asetpts

12.15 settb, asettb

12.16 showcqt

12.17 showfreqs

12.18 showspectrum

12.19 showspectrumpic

12.20 showvolume

12.21 showwaves

12.22 showwavespic

12.23 sidedata, asidedata

12.24 spectrumsynth

12.25 split, asplit

12.14.1 Examples
12.15.1 Examples
12.16.1 Examples

12.18.1 Examples
12.19.1 Examples

12.21.1 Examples
12.22.1 Examples

12.24.1 Examples

12.25.1 Examples

12.26 zmq, azmq

12.26.1 Examples

13 Multimedia Sources
o

13.1 amovie

13.2 movie

14 See Also

15 Authors

13.2.1 Examples

13.2.2 Commands

1 Description
This document describes filters, sources, and sinks provided by the libavfilter library.

2 Filtering Introduction
Filtering in FFmpeg is enabled through the libavfilter library.
In libavfilter, a filter can have multiple inputs and multiple outputs. To illustrate the sorts of things that are possible, we consider the following
filtergraph.
[main]
input --> split ---------------------> overlay --> output
|
|[tmp]

^
[flip]|

+-----> crop --> vflip -------+

This filtergraph splits the input stream in two streams, then sends one stream through the crop filter and the vflip filter, before merging it back
with the other stream by overlaying it on top. You can use the following command to achieve this:
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "split [main][tmp]; [tmp] crop=iw:ih/2:0:0, vflip [flip]; [main][flip] overlay=0:H/2" OUTPUT

The result will be that the top half of the video is mirrored onto the bottom half of the output video.
Filters in the same linear chain are separated by commas, and distinct linear chains of filters are separated by semicolons. In our example,
crop,vflip are in one linear chain, split and overlay are separately in another. The points where the linear chains join are labelled by names
enclosed in square brackets. In the example, the split filter generates two outputs that are associated to the labels [main] and [tmp].
The stream sent to the second output of split, labelled as [tmp], is processed through the crop filter, which crops away the lower half part of
the video, and then vertically flipped. The overlay filter takes in input the first unchanged output of the split filter (which was labelled as
[main]), and overlay on its lower half the output generated by the crop,vflip filterchain.
Some filters take in input a list of parameters: they are specified after the filter name and an equal sign, and are separated from each other by
a colon.
There exist so-called source filters that do not have an audio/video input, and sink filters that will not have audio/video output.

3 graph2dot
The graph2dot program included in the FFmpeg tools directory can be used to parse a filtergraph description and issue a corresponding
textual representation in the dot language.
Invoke the command:
graph2dot -h

to see how to use graph2dot.

You can then pass the dot description to the dot program (from the graphviz suite of programs) and obtain a graphical representation of the
filtergraph.
For example the sequence of commands:
echo GRAPH_DESCRIPTION | \
tools/graph2dot -o graph.tmp && \
dot -Tpng graph.tmp -o graph.png && \
display graph.png

can be used to create and display an image representing the graph described by the GRAPH_DESCRIPTION string. Note that this string must be
a complete self-contained graph, with its inputs and outputs explicitly defined. For example if your command line is of the form:
ffmpeg -i infile -vf scale=640:360 outfile

your GRAPH_DESCRIPTION string will need to be of the form:

nullsrc,scale=640:360,nullsink

you may also need to set the nullsrc parameters and add a format filter in order to simulate a specific input file.

4 Filtergraph description
A filtergraph is a directed graph of connected filters. It can contain cycles, and there can be multiple links between a pair of filters. Each link
has one input pad on one side connecting it to one filter from which it takes its input, and one output pad on the other side connecting it to
one filter accepting its output.
Each filter in a filtergraph is an instance of a filter class registered in the application, which defines the features and the number of input and
output pads of the filter.
A filter with no input pads is called a "source", and a filter with no output pads is called a "sink".

4.1 Filtergraph syntax

A filtergraph has a textual representation, which is recognized by the -filter/-vf/-af and -filter_complex options in ffmpeg and -vf/-af in ffplay, and
by the avfilter_graph_parse_ptr() function defined in libavfilter/avfilter.h.
A filterchain consists of a sequence of connected filters, each one connected to the previous one in the sequence. A filterchain is represented
by a list of ","-separated filter descriptions.
A filtergraph consists of a sequence of filterchains. A sequence of filterchains is represented by a list of ";"-separated filterchain descriptions.
A filter is represented by a string of the form: [in_link_1]...[in_link_N]filter_name=arguments[out_link_1]...[out_link_M]
filter_name is the name of the filter class of which the described filter is an instance of, and has to be the name of one of the filter classes
registered in the program. The name of the filter class is optionally followed by a string "=arguments".
arguments is a string which contains the parameters used to initialize the filter instance. It may have one of two forms:

A :-separated list of key=value pairs.

A :-separated list of value. In this case, the keys are assumed to be the option names in the order they are declared. E.g. the fade
filter declares three options in this order type, start_frame and nb_frames. Then the parameter list in:0:30 means that the value in
is assigned to the option type, 0 to start_frame and 30 to nb_frames.

A :-separated list of mixed direct value and long key=value pairs. The direct value must precede the key=value pairs, and follow
the same constraints order of the previous point. The following key=value pairs can be set in any preferred order.

If the option value itself is a list of items (e.g. the format filter takes a list of pixel formats), the items in the list are usually separated by |.
The list of arguments can be quoted using the character ' as initial and ending mark, and the character \ for escaping the characters within
the quoted text; otherwise the argument string is considered terminated when the next special character (belonging to the set []=;,) is
encountered.
The name and arguments of the filter are optionally preceded and followed by a list of link labels. A link label allows one to name a link and
associate it to a filter output or input pad. The preceding labels in_link_1 ... in_link_N, are associated to the filter input pads, the following
labels out_link_1 ... out_link_M, are associated to the output pads.
When two link labels with the same name are found in the filtergraph, a link between the corresponding input and output pad is created.
If an output pad is not labelled, it is linked by default to the first unlabelled input pad of the next filter in the filterchain. For example in the
filterchain
nullsrc, split[L1], [L2]overlay, nullsink

the split filter instance has two output pads, and the overlay filter instance two input pads. The first output pad of split is labelled "L1", the first
input pad of overlay is labelled "L2", and the second output pad of split is linked to the second input pad of overlay, which are both unlabelled.
In a filter description, if the input label of the first filter is not specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of the last filter is not specified,
"out" is assumed.
In a complete filterchain all the unlabelled filter input and output pads must be connected. A filtergraph is considered valid if all the filter input
and output pads of all the filterchains are connected.
Libavfilter will automatically insert scale filters where format conversion is required. It is possible to specify swscale flags for those
automatically inserted scalers by prepending sws_flags=flags; to the filtergraph description.
Here is a BNF description of the filtergraph syntax:
NAME
LINKLABEL
LINKLABELS

::= sequence of alphanumeric characters and '_'

::= "[" NAME "]"
::= LINKLABEL [LINKLABELS]

FILTER_ARGUMENTS ::= sequence of chars (possibly quoted)

FILTER
FILTERCHAIN
FILTERGRAPH

::= [LINKLABELS] NAME ["=" FILTER_ARGUMENTS] [LINKLABELS]

::= FILTER [,FILTERCHAIN]
::= [sws_flags=flags;] FILTERCHAIN [;FILTERGRAPH]

4.2 Notes on filtergraph escaping

Filtergraph description composition entails several levels of escaping. See (ffmpeg-utils)the "Quoting and escaping" section in the ffmpegutils(1) manual for more information about the employed escaping procedure.

A first level escaping affects the content of each filter option value, which may contain the special character : used to separate values, or one
of the escaping characters \'.
A second level escaping affects the whole filter description, which may contain the escaping characters \' or the special characters [],; used by
the filtergraph description.
Finally, when you specify a filtergraph on a shell commandline, you need to perform a third level escaping for the shell special characters
contained within it.
For example, consider the following string to be embedded in the drawtext filter description text value:
this is a 'string': may contain one, or more, special characters

This string contains the ' special escaping character, and the : special character, so it needs to be escaped in this way:
text=this is a \'string\'\: may contain one, or more, special characters

A second level of escaping is required when embedding the filter description in a filtergraph description, in order to escape all the filtergraph
special characters. Thus the example above becomes:
drawtext=text=this is a \\\'string\\\'\\: may contain one\, or more\, special characters

(note that in addition to the \' escaping special characters, also , needs to be escaped).
Finally an additional level of escaping is needed when writing the filtergraph description in a shell command, which depends on the escaping
rules of the adopted shell. For example, assuming that \ is special and needs to be escaped with another \, the previous string will finally result
in:
-vf "drawtext=text=this is a \\\\\\'string\\\\\\'\\\\: may contain one\\, or more\\, special characters"

5 Timeline editing
Some filters support a generic enable option. For the filters supporting timeline editing, this option can be set to an expression which is
evaluated before sending a frame to the filter. If the evaluation is non-zero, the filter will be enabled, otherwise the frame will be sent
unchanged to the next filter in the filtergraph.
The expression accepts the following values:
t
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
n
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0
pos
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
w
h
width and height of the input frame if video
Additionally, these filters support an enable command that can be used to re-define the expression.
Like any other filtering option, the enable option follows the same rules.
For example, to enable a blur filter (smartblur) from 10 seconds to 3 minutes, and a curves filter starting at 3 seconds:
smartblur = enable='between(t,10,3*60)',
curves

= enable='gte(t,3)' : preset=cross_process

6 Audio Filters
When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the existing filters using --disable-filters. The configure output will
show the audio filters included in your build.
Below is a description of the currently available audio filters.

6.1 acompressor
A compressor is mainly used to reduce the dynamic range of a signal. Especially modern music is mostly compressed at a high
ratio to improve the overall loudness. Its done to get the highest attention of a listener, "fatten" the sound and bring more "power"
to the track. If a signal is compressed too much it may sound dull or "dead" afterwards or it may start to "pump" (which could be a
powerful effect but can also destroy a track completely). The right compression is the key to reach a professional sound and is the
high art of mixing and mastering. Because of its complex settings it may take a long time to get the right feeling for this kind of
effect.
Compression is done by detecting the volume above a chosen level threshold and dividing it by the factor set with ratio. So if you
set the threshold to -12dB and your signal reaches -6dB a ratio of 2:1 will result in a signal at -9dB. Because an exact manipulation
of the signal would cause distortion of the waveform the reduction can be levelled over the time. This is done by setting "Attack"
and "Release". attack determines how long the signal has to rise above the threshold before any reduction will occur and release
sets the time the signal has to fall below the threshold to reduce the reduction again. Shorter signals than the chosen attack time
will be left untouched. The overall reduction of the signal can be made up afterwards with the makeup setting. So compressing the
peaks of a signal about 6dB and raising the makeup to this level results in a signal twice as loud than the source. To gain a softer
entry in the compression the knee flattens the hard edge at the threshold in the range of the chosen decibels.
The filter accepts the following options:
level_in
Set input gain. Default is 1. Range is between 0.015625 and 64.

threshold
If a signal of second stream rises above this level it will affect the gain reduction of the first stream. By default it is 0.125. Range is
between 0.00097563 and 1.
ratio
Set a ratio by which the signal is reduced. 1:2 means that if the level rose 4dB above the threshold, it will be only 2dB above after
the reduction. Default is 2. Range is between 1 and 20.
attack
Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before gain reduction starts. Default is 20. Range is between 0.01
and 2000.
release
Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before reduction is decreased again. Default is 250. Range is
between 0.01 and 9000.
makeup
Set the amount by how much signal will be amplified after processing. Default is 2. Range is from 1 and 64.
knee
Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more softly. Default is 2.82843. Range is between 1 and 8.
link
Choose if the average level between all channels of input stream or the louder( maximum) channel of input stream affects the
reduction. Default is average.
detection
Should the exact signal be taken in case of peak or an RMS one in case of rms. Default is rms which is mostly smoother.
mix
How much to use compressed signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between 0 and 1.

6.2 acrossfade
Apply cross fade from one input audio stream to another input audio stream. The cross fade is applied
for specified duration near the end of first stream.
The filter accepts the following options:
nb_samples, ns
Specify the number of samples for which the cross fade effect has to last. At the end of the cross fade effect the first input audio
will be completely silent. Default is 44100.
duration, d
Specify the duration of the cross fade effect. See (ffmpeg-utils)the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the
accepted syntax. By default the duration is determined by nb_samples. If set this option is used instead of nb_samples.
overlap, o
Should first stream end overlap with second stream start. Default is enabled.
curve1
Set curve for cross fade transition for first stream.
curve2
Set curve for cross fade transition for second stream.
For description of available curve types see afade filter description.

6.2.1 Examples

Cross fade from one input to another:

ffmpeg -i first.flac -i second.flac -filter_complex acrossfade=d=10:c1=exp:c2=exp
output.flac

Cross fade from one input to another but without overlapping:

ffmpeg
-i
first.flac
-i
second.flac
acrossfade=d=10:o=0:c1=exp:c2=exp output.flac

-filter_complex

6.3 acrusher
Reduce audio bit resolution.
This filter is bit crusher with enhanced functionality. A bit crusher is used to audibly
reduce number of bits an audio signal is sampled with. This doesnt change the bit
depth at all, it just produces the effect. Material reduced in bit depth sounds more harsh
and "digital". This filter is able to even round to continous values instead of discrete bit
depths. Additionally it has a D/C offset which results in different crushing of the lower
and the upper half of the signal. An Anti-Aliasing setting is able to produce "softer"
crushing sounds.
Another feature of this filter is the logarithmic mode. This setting switches from linear
distances between bits to logarithmic ones. The result is a much more "natural"
sounding crusher which doesnt gate low signals for example. The human ear has a

logarithmic perception, too so this kind of crushing is much more pleasant. Logarithmic
crushing is also able to get anti-aliased.
The filter accepts the following options:
level_in
Set level in.
level_out
Set level out.
bits
Set bit reduction.
mix
Set mixing ammount.
mode
Can be linear: lin or logarithmic: log.
dc
Set DC.
aa
Set anti-aliasing.
samples
Set sample reduction.
lfo
Enable LFO. By default disabled.
lforange
Set LFO range.
lforate
Set LFO rate.

6.4 adelay
Delay one or more audio channels.
Samples in delayed channel are filled with silence.
The filter accepts the following option:
delays
Set list of delays in milliseconds for each channel separated by |. At least one delay greater than 0 should be provided. Unused
delays will be silently ignored. If number of given delays is smaller than number of channels all remaining channels will not be
delayed. If you want to delay exact number of samples, append S to number.

6.4.1 Examples

Delay first channel by 1.5 seconds, the

third channel by 0.5 seconds and leave the
second channel (and any other channels
that may be present) unchanged.
adelay=1500|0|500

Delay second channel by 500 samples, the

third channel by 700 samples and leave
the first channel (and any other channels
that may be present) unchanged.
adelay=0|500S|700S

6.5 aecho
Apply echoing to the input audio.
Echoes are reflected sound and can occur naturally
amongst mountains (and sometimes large buildings)
when talking or shouting; digital echo effects emulate
this behaviour and are often used to help fill out the
sound of a single instrument or vocal. The time
difference between the original signal and the
reflection is the delay, and the loudness of the
reflected signal is the decay. Multiple echoes can have
different delays and decays.
A description of the accepted parameters follows.
in_gain
Set input gain of reflected signal. Default is 0.6.
out_gain

Set output gain of reflected signal. Default is 0.3.

delays
Set list of time intervals in milliseconds between original signal and reflections separated by |. Allowed range for each delay is (0 90000.0]. Default is 1000.
decays
Set list of loudnesses of reflected signals separated by |. Allowed range for each decay is (0 - 1.0]. Default is 0.5.

6.5.1 Examples

Make it sound as if there are

twice as many instruments as
are actually playing:
aecho=0.8:0.88:60:0.4

If delay is very short, then it

sound like a (metallic) robot
playing music:
aecho=0.8:0.88:6:0.4

A longer delay will sound like

an open air concert in the
mountains:
aecho=0.8:0.9:1000:0.3

Same as above but with one

more mountain:
aecho=0.8:0.9:1000|1800:0.3|
0.25

6.6 aemphasis
Audio emphasis filter creates or restores
material directly taken from LPs or
emphased CDs with different filter curves.
E.g. to store music on vinyl the signal has
to be altered by a filter first to even out
the disadvantages of this recording
medium. Once the material is played back
the inverse filter has to be applied to
restore the distortion of the frequency
response.
The filter accepts the following options:
level_in
Set input gain.
level_out
Set output gain.
mode
Set filter mode. For restoring material use reproduction mode, otherwise use production mode. Default is reproduction mode.
type
Set filter type. Selects medium. Can be one of the following:
col
select Columbia.
emi
select EMI.
bsi
select BSI (78RPM).
riaa
select RIAA.
cd
select Compact Disc (CD).
50fm
select 50s (FM).
75fm
select 75s (FM).
50kf
select 50s (FM-KF).

75kf
select 75s (FM-KF).

6.7 aeval
Modify
an
according to
expressions.

audio
signal
the specified

This filter accepts one or more

expressions (one for each
channel), which are evaluated
and
used
to
modify
a
corresponding audio signal.
It
accepts
parameters:

the

following

exprs
Set the |-separated expressions list for each separate channel. If the number of input channels is greater than the number of
expressions, the last specified expression is used for the remaining output channels.
channel_layout, c
Set output channel layout. If not specified, the channel layout is specified by the number of expressions. If set to same, it will use
by default the same input channel layout.
Each expression in exprs
can contain the following
constants and functions:
ch
channel number of the current expression
n
number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
s
sample rate
t
time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds
nb_in_chann
els
nb_out_chan
nels
input and output number of channels
val(CH)
the value of input channel with number CH
Note:
this
filter is
slow. For
faster
processi
ng you
should
use
a
dedicate
d filter.

6.7.1
Exam
ples

Ha
lf
vol
um
e:
ae
val
=v
al(
ch)
/2:
c=
sa
me

Inv
ert

ph
as
e
of
th
e
se
co
nd
ch
an
nel
:

ae
val
=v
al(
0)|val
(1)

6.8
afad
e
Apply
fadein/out
effect to
input
audio.
A
descripti
on
of
the
accepte
d
paramet
ers
follows.
type, t
Specify the effect type, can be either in for fade-in, or out for a fade-out effect. Default is in.
start
_sam
ple,
ss
Specify the number of the start sample for starting to apply the fade effect. Default is 0.
nb
_s
a
m
pl
es
,
ns
Specify the number of samples for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the
same volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition the output audio will be silence. Default is 44100.
s
t
a
r
t
_
t
i
m
e
,
s
t
Specify the start time of the fade effect. Default is 0. The value must be specified as a time duration; see (ffmpeg-utils)the Time
duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted syntax. If set this option is used instead of start_sample.
du
rat
io

n,
d
Specify the duration of the fade effect. See (ffmpeg-utils)the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted
syntax. At the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out
transition the output audio will be silence. By default the duration is determined by nb_samples. If set this option is used instead of
nb_samples.
curve
Set curve for fade transition.
It accepts the following values:
tri
select triangular, linear slope (default)
qsin
select quarter of sine wave
hsin
select half of sine wave
esin
select exponential sine wave
log
select logarithmic
ipar
select inverted parabola
qua
select quadratic
cub
select cubic
squ
select square root
cbr
select cubic root
par
select parabola
exp
select exponential
iqsin
select inverted quarter of sine wave
ihsin
select inverted half of sine wave
dese
select double-exponential seat
desi
select double-exponential sigmoid

6.8.1
Exam
ples

Fade in
first 15
seconds
of audio:
afade=t=
in:ss=0:d
=15

Fade out
last
25
seconds
of a 900
seconds
audio:
afade=t=
out:st=8
75:d=25

6.9
afftfi
lt
Apply
arbitrary
expressi
ons
to
samples
in
frequenc
y
domain.
real
Set frequency domain real expression for each separate channel separated by |. Default is "1". If the number of input channels is
greater than the number of expressions, the last specified expression is used for the remaining output channels.
imag
Set frequency domain imaginary expression for each separate channel separated by |. If not set, real option is used.
Each expression in real and imag can contain the following constants:
sr
sample rate
b
current frequency bin number
nb
number of available bins
ch
channel number of the current expression
chs
number of channels
pts
current frame pts
win_size
Set window size.
It accepts the following values:
w16
w32
w64
w128
w256
w512
w1024
w2048
w4096
w8192
w16384
w32768
w65536
Default is w4096
win_func
Set window function. Default is hann.
overlap
Set window overlap. If set to 1, the recommended overlap for selected window function will be picked. Default is 0.75.

6.9.1 Examples

Leave almost on
frequencies in au
afftfilt="1clip((b/nb)*b,0,1)"

6.10
aformat

Set
output
forma
constraints
for
the
input
audio.
The
framework
wil
negotiate the mos

appropriate format to
minimize conversions.

It accepts the following

parameters:
sample_fmts
A |-separated list of requested sample formats.
sample_rates
A |-separated list of requested sample rates.
channel_layouts
A |-separated list of requested channel layouts.
See (ffmpeg-utils)the Channel Layout section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the required syntax.

If a parameter is om
values are allowed.

Force the output t

unsigned 8-bit or sign
stereo

aformat=sample_fmts=u
s16:channel_layouts=ste

6.11 agate

A gate is mainly used

lower parts of a sig
kind
of
signal
p
reduces
disturbing
between useful signals

Gating is done by dete

volume below a chos
threshold and dividing
factor set with ra
bottom of the noise flo
via range. Because
manipulation of the
would cause distortio
waveform the reductio
levelled over time. Thi
by setting attack and r

attack determines how

signal has to fall b
threshold before any
will occur and release
time the signal has
above the threshold t
the reduction again.
signals than the chose
time will be left untouc
level_in
Set input level before filtering. Default is 1. Allowed range is from 0.015625 to 64.
range
Set the level of gain reduction when the signal is below the threshold. Default is 0.06125. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.
threshold
If a signal rises above this level the gain reduction is released. Default is 0.125. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.
ratio
Set a ratio by which the signal is reduced. Default is 2. Allowed range is from 1 to 9000.
attack
Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before gain reduction stops. Default is 20 milliseconds. Allowed
range is from 0.01 to 9000.
release
Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before the reduction is increased again. Default is 250
milliseconds. Allowed range is from 0.01 to 9000.
makeup
Set amount of amplification of signal after processing. Default is 1. Allowed range is from 1 to 64.
knee
Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more softly. Default is 2.828427125. Allowed range is from 1 to
8.
detection
Choose if exact signal should be taken for detection or an RMS like one. Default is rms. Can be peak or rms.
link
Choose if the average level between all channels or the louder channel affects the reduction. Default is average. Can be average or
maximum.

6.12 alimite

The limiter prevents

desired threshold. This
prevent your signal fro
small delay after the s
the delay it produces is

The filter accepts the f

level_in
Set input gain. Default is 1.
level_out
Set output gain. Default is 1.
limit
Dont let signals above this level pass the limiter. Default is 1.
attack
The limiter will reach its attenuation level in this amount of time in milliseconds. Default is 5 milliseconds.
release
Come back from limiting to attenuation 1.0 in this amount of milliseconds. Default is 50 milliseconds.
asc
When gain reduction is always needed ASC takes care of releasing to an average reduction level rather than reaching a reduction of
0 in the release time.
asc_level
Select how much the release time is affected by ASC, 0 means nearly no changes in release time while 1 produces higher release
times.
level
Auto level output signal. Default is enabled. This normalizes audio back to 0dB if enabled.

Depending on picked s
with aresample before

6.13 allpass

Apply a two-pole all-pa

width width. An all-pas
without changing its fr

The filter accepts the f

frequency, f
Set frequency in Hz.
width_type
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
h
Hz
q
Q-Factor
o
octave
s
slope
width, w
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.

6.14 aloop
Loop audio samples.

The filter accepts the f

loop
Set the number of loops.
size
Set maximal number of samples.
start
Set first sample of loop.

6.15 amerge

Merge two or more aud

The filter accepts the f

inputs
Set the number of inputs. Default is 2.

If the channel layouts

output will be set acco
the inputs are not disjo
of the second input, i
corresponding to the to

For example, if the firs

will be in 5.1, with the
the first input, b1 is the

On the other hand, if b

b1, b2, and the chann
value.

All inputs must have th

If inputs do not have th

6.15.1 Example

Merge two mono

amovie=left.wav [

Multiple merges a

ffmpeg -i input.
output.mkv

6.16 amix

Mixes multiple audio in

Note that this filter o

formats). If the amix
perform the conversion
For example

ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i IN
OUTPUT

will mix 3 input audio

dropout transition time

It accepts the following

inputs
The number of inputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2.
duration
How to determine the end-of-stream.
longest
The duration of the longest input. (default)
shortest
The duration of the shortest input.
first
The duration of the first input.
dropout_transition
The transition time, in seconds, for volume renormalization when an input stream ends. The default value is 2 seconds.

6.17 anequa
High-order parametric

It accepts the following

params
This option string is in format: "cchn f=cf w=w g=g t=f | ..." Each equalizer band is separated by |.
chn
Set channel number to which equalization will be applied. If input doesnt have that channel the entry is ignored.
f
Set central frequency for band. If input doesnt have that frequency the entry is ignored.

w
Set band width in hertz.
g
Set band gain in dB.
t
Set filter type for band, optional, can be:
0
Butterworth, this is default.
1
Chebyshev type 1.
2
Chebyshev type 2.
curves
With this option activated frequency response of anequalizer is displayed in video stream.
size
Set video stream size. Only useful if curves option is activated.
mgain
Set max gain that will be displayed. Only useful if curves option is activated. Setting this to reasonable value allows to display gain
which is derived from neighbour bands which are too close to each other and thus produce higher gain when both are activated.
fscale
Set frequency scale used to draw frequency response in video output. Can be linear or logarithmic. Default is logarithmic.
colors
Set color for each channel curve which is going to be displayed in video stream. This is list of color names separated by space or by
|. Unrecognised or missing colors will be replaced by white color.

6.17.1 Example

Lower gain by 10

anequalizer=c0 f=

6.17.2 Comman

This filter supports the

change
Alter existing filter parameters. Syntax for the commands is : "fN|f=freq|w=width|g=gain"
fN is existing filter number, starting from 0, if no such filter is available error is returned. freq set new frequency parameter. width
set new width parameter in herz. gain set new gain parameter in dB.
Full filter invocation with asendcmd may look like this: asendcmd=c=4.0 anequalizer change 0|f=200|w=50|g=1,anequalizer=...

6.18 anull

Pass the audio source u

6.19 apad

Pad the end of an audi

This can be used toget

A description of the ac
packet_size
Set silence packet size. Default value is 4096.
pad_len
Set the number of samples of silence to add to the end. After the value is reached, the stream is terminated. This option is mutually
exclusive with whole_len.
whole_len
Set the minimum total number of samples in the output audio stream. If the value is longer than the input audio length, silence is
added to the end, until the value is reached. This option is mutually exclusive with pad_len.

If neither the pad_len n

6.19.1 Example

Add 1024 sample

apad=pad_len=10

Make sure the au

apad=whole_len=1

Use ffmpeg to pad

the output file wh
ffmpeg -i VIDEO -i

6.20 aphase

Add a phasing effect to

A phaser filter creates

they vary over time, cr

A description of the ac
in_gain
Set input gain. Default is 0.4.
out_gain
Set output gain. Default is 0.74
delay
Set delay in milliseconds. Default is 3.0.
decay
Set decay. Default is 0.4.
speed
Set modulation speed in Hz. Default is 0.5.
type
Set modulation type. Default is triangular.
It accepts the following values:
triangular, t
sinusoidal, s

6.21 apulsat

Audio pulsator is some

and right channel bas
between left and right
tremolo. An offset of 5
acts as an autopanne
"bypassing" sounds wi
the right speaker.

The filter accepts the f

level_in
Set input gain. By default it is 1. Range is [0.015625 - 64].
level_out
Set output gain. By default it is 1. Range is [0.015625 - 64].
mode
Set waveform shape the LFO will use. Can be one of: sine, triangle, square, sawup or sawdown. Default is sine.
amount
Set modulation. Define how much of original signal is affected by the LFO.
offset_l
Set left channel offset. Default is 0. Allowed range is [0 - 1].
offset_r
Set right channel offset. Default is 0.5. Allowed range is [0 - 1].
width
Set pulse width. Default is 1. Allowed range is [0 - 2].
timing
Set possible timing mode. Can be one of: bpm, ms or hz. Default is hz.
bpm
Set bpm. Default is 120. Allowed range is [30 - 300]. Only used if timing is set to bpm.
ms
Set ms. Default is 500. Allowed range is [10 - 2000]. Only used if timing is set to ms.
hz

Set frequency in Hz. Default is 2. Allowed range is [0.01 - 100]. Only used if timing is set to hz.

6.22 aresam

Resample the input au

This filter is also able t

neither.

The filter accepts the

ffmpeg-resampler man

6.22.1 Example

Resample the inp

aresample=44100

Stretch/squeeze s

aresample=async=

6.23 arevers
Reverse an audio clip.

Warning: This filter req

6.23.1 Example

Take the first 5 se

atrim=end=5,arev

6.24 asetnsa

Set the number of sam

The last output packet

The filter accepts the f

nb_out_samples, n
Set the number of frames per each output audio frame. The number is intended as the number of samples per each channel.
Default value is 1024.
pad, p
If set to 1, the filter will pad the last audio frame with zeroes, so that the last frame will contain the same number of samples as the
previous ones. Default value is 1.

For example, to set the

asetnsamples=n=1234:p

6.25 asetrat

Set the sample rate wi

The filter accepts the f

sample_rate, r
Set the output sample rate. Default is 44100 Hz.

6.26 ashowi

Show a line containing

The shown line contain

The following values ar

n
The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.
pts

The presentation timestamp of the input frame, in time base units; the time base depends on the filter input pad, and is usually
1/sample_rate.
pts_time
The presentation timestamp of the input frame in seconds.
pos
position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic
audio)
fmt
The sample format.
chlayout
The channel layout.
rate
The sample rate for the audio frame.
nb_samples
The number of samples (per channel) in the frame.
checksum
The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of the audio data. For planar audio, the data is treated as if all the planes were
concatenated.
plane_checksums
A list of Adler-32 checksums for each data plane.

6.27 astats

Display time domain st

It accepts the following

length
Short window length in seconds, used for peak and trough RMS measurement. Default is 0.05 (50 milliseconds). Allowed range is
[0.1 - 10].
metadata
Set metadata injection. All the metadata keys are prefixed with lavfi.astats.X, where X is channel number starting from 1 or string
Overall. Default is disabled.
Available keys for each channel are: DC_offset Min_level Max_level Min_difference Max_difference Mean_difference Peak_level
RMS_peak RMS_trough Crest_factor Flat_factor Peak_count Bit_depth
and for Overall: DC_offset Min_level Max_level Min_difference Max_difference Mean_difference Peak_level RMS_level RMS_peak
RMS_trough Flat_factor Peak_count Bit_depth Number_of_samples
For example full key look like this lavfi.astats.1.DC_offset or this lavfi.astats.Overall.Peak_count.
For description what each key means read below.
reset
Set number of frame after which stats are going to be recalculated. Default is disabled.

A description of each s
DC offset
Mean amplitude displacement from zero.
Min level
Minimal sample level.
Max level
Maximal sample level.
Min difference
Minimal difference between two consecutive samples.
Max difference
Maximal difference between two consecutive samples.
Mean difference
Mean difference between two consecutive samples. The average of each difference between two consecutive samples.
Peak level dB
RMS level dB
Standard peak and RMS level measured in dBFS.
RMS peak dB
RMS trough dB
Peak and trough values for RMS level measured over a short window.
Crest factor
Standard ratio of peak to RMS level (note: not in dB).
Flat factor
Flatness (i.e. consecutive samples with the same value) of the signal at its peak levels (i.e. either Min level or Max level).
Peak count
Number of occasions (not the number of samples) that the signal attained either Min level or Max level.
Bit depth
Overall bit depth of audio. Number of bits used for each sample.

6.28 asyncts

Synchronize audio data

This filter is not built b

It accepts the following

compensate
Enable stretching/squeezing the data to make it match the timestamps. Disabled by default. When disabled, time gaps are covered
with silence.
min_delta
The minimum difference between timestamps and audio data (in seconds) to trigger adding/dropping samples. The default value is
0.1. If you get an imperfect sync with this filter, try setting this parameter to 0.
max_comp
The maximum compensation in samples per second. Only relevant with compensate=1. The default value is 500.
first_pts
Assume that the first PTS should be this value. The time base is 1 / sample rate. This allows for padding/trimming at the start of the
stream. By default, no assumption is made about the first frames expected PTS, so no padding or trimming is done. For example,
this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with silence if an audio stream starts after the video stream or to trim any samples with
a negative PTS due to encoder delay.

6.29 atempo
Adjust audio tempo.

The filter accepts exac

6.29.1 Example

Slow down audio

atempo=0.8

To speed up audio

atempo=1.25

6.30 atrim

Trim the input so that t

It accepts the following

start
Timestamp (in seconds) of the start of the section to keep. I.e. the audio sample with the timestamp start will be the first sample in
the output.
end
Specify time of the first audio sample that will be dropped, i.e. the audio sample immediately preceding the one with the timestamp
end will be the last sample in the output.
start_pts
Same as start, except this option sets the start timestamp in samples instead of seconds.
end_pts
Same as end, except this option sets the end timestamp in samples instead of seconds.
duration
The maximum duration of the output in seconds.
start_sample
The number of the first sample that should be output.
end_sample
The number of the first sample that should be dropped.

start, end, and duratio

Note that the first two

start at zero. Also note
If multiple start or end

The defaults are such t

Examples:

Drop everything e

ffmpeg -i INPUT -af

Keep only the firs

ffmpeg -i INPUT -af

6.31 bandpa

Apply a two-pole Butte

The filter accepts the f

frequency, f
Set the filters central frequency. Default is 3000.
csg
Constant skirt gain if set to 1. Defaults to 0.
width_type
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
h
Hz
q
Q-Factor
o
octave
s
slope
width, w
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.

6.32 bandre

Apply a two-pole Butte

The filter accepts the f

frequency, f
Set the filters central frequency. Default is 3000.
width_type
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
h
Hz
q
Q-Factor
o
octave
s
slope
width, w
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.

6.33 bass

Boost or cut the bass (

The filter accepts the f

gain, g
Give the gain at 0 Hz. Its useful range is about -20 (for a large cut) to +20 (for a large boost). Beware of clipping when using a
positive gain.
frequency, f
Set the filters central frequency and so can be used to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut. The default
value is 100 Hz.
width_type
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
h
Hz
q
Q-Factor
o
octave

s
slope
width, w
Determine how steep is the filters shelf transition.

6.34 biquad

Apply a biquad IIR filte

6.35 bs2b

Bauer stereo to binaur

It accepts the following

profile
Pre-defined crossfeed level.
default
Default level (fcut=700, feed=50).
cmoy
Chu Moy circuit (fcut=700, feed=60).
jmeier
Jan Meier circuit (fcut=650, feed=95).
fcut
Cut frequency (in Hz).
feed
Feed level (in Hz).

6.36 channe
Remap input channels

It accepts the following

channel_layout
The channel layout of the output stream.

map
Map channels from input to output. The argument is a |-separated list of mappings, each in the in_channel-out_channel or
in_channel form. in_channel can be either the name of the input channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its index in the input channel
layout. out_channel is the name of the output channel or its index in the output channel layout. If out_channel is not given then it is
implicitly an index, starting with zero and increasing by one for each mapping.
If no mapping is presen

For example, assuming

ffmpeg -i in.mov -filter 'c

will create an output W

To fix a 5.1 WAV improp

ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter 'c

6.37 channe

Split each channel from

It accepts the following

channel_layout
The channel layout of the input stream. The default is "stereo".

For example, assuming

ffmpeg -i in.mp3 -filter_c

will create an output M

Split a 5.1 WAV file into

ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter_co

'channelsplit=channel_la

-map '[FL]' front_left.wav

front_center.wav -map '[

side_right.wav

6.38 chorus
Add a chorus effect to

Can make a single voc

Chorus resembles an e
tuned around the origin

It accepts the following

in_gain
Set input gain. Default is 0.4.
out_gain
Set output gain. Default is 0.4.
delays
Set delays. A typical delay is around 40ms to 60ms.
decays
Set decays.
Set speeds.
Set depths.

A single delay:
chorus=0.7:0.9:55:0.4:0.25:2

Two delays:
chorus=0.6:0.9:50|60:0.4|0.32:0.25|0.4:2|1.3

Fuller sounding chorus with three delays:

chorus=0.5:0.9:50|60|40:0.4|0.32|0.3:0.25|0.4|0.3:2|2.3|1.3

A list of times in seconds for each channel over which the instantaneous level of the input signal is averaged to determine its
volume. attacks refers to increase of volume and decays refers to decrease of volume. For most situations, the attack time
(response to the audio getting louder) should be shorter than the decay time, because the human ear is more sensitive to sudden
loud audio than sudden soft audio. A typical value for attack is 0.3 seconds and a typical value for decay is 0.8 seconds. If specified
number of attacks & decays is lower than number of channels, the last set attack/decay will be used for all remaining channels.
A list of points for the transfer function, specified in dB relative to the maximum possible signal amplitude. Each key points list must
be defined using the following syntax: x0/y0|x1/y1|x2/y2|.... or x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ....
The input values must be in strictly increasing order but the transfer function does not have to be monotonically rising. The point
0/0 is assumed but may be overridden (by 0/out-dBn). Typical values for the transfer function are -70/-70|-60/-20.
Set the curve radius in dB for all joints. It defaults to 0.01.
Set the additional gain in dB to be applied at all points on the transfer function. This allows for easy adjustment of the overall gain.
It defaults to 0.
Set an initial volume, in dB, to be assumed for each channel when filtering starts. This permits the user to supply a nominal level
initially, so that, for example, a very large gain is not applied to initial signal levels before the companding has begun to operate. A
typical value for audio which is initially quiet is -90 dB. It defaults to 0.
Set a delay, in seconds. The input audio is analyzed immediately, but audio is delayed before being fed to the volume adjuster.
Specifying a delay approximately equal to the attack/decay times allows the filter to effectively operate in predictive rather than
reactive mode. It defaults to 0.

Make music with both quiet and loud passages suitable for listening to in a noisy environment:
compand=.3|.3:1|1:-90/-60|-60/-40|-40/-30|-20/-20:6:0:-90:0.2

A noise gate for when the noise is at a lower level than the signal:
compand=.1|.1:.2|.2:-900/-900|-50.1/-900|-50/-50:.01:0:-90:.1

Here is another noise gate, this time for when the noise is at a higher level than the signal (making it, in some ways, similar to

compand=.1|.1:.1|.1:-45.1/-45.1|-45/-900|0/-900:.01:45:-90:.1

2:1 compression starting at -6dB:

compand=points=-80/-80|-6/-6|0/-3.8|20/3.5

2:1 compression starting at -9dB:

compand=points=-80/-80|-9/-9|0/-5.3|20/2.9

2:1 compression starting at -12dB:

compand=points=-80/-80|-12/-12|0/-6.8|20/1.9

2:1 compression starting at -18dB:

compand=points=-80/-80|-18/-18|0/-9.8|20/0.7

3:1 compression starting at -15dB:

compand=points=-80/-80|-15/-15|0/-10.8|20/-5.2

Compressor/Gate:
compand=points=-80/-105|-62/-80|-15.4/-15.4|0/-12|20/-7.6

Expander:
compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-169|-54/-80|-49.5/-64.6|-41.1/-41.1|-25.8/-15|-10.8/-4.5|0/0|20/8.3

Hard limiter at -6dB:

compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-80|-6/-6|20/-6

Hard limiter at -12dB:

compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-80|-12/-12|20/-12

Hard noise gate at -35 dB:

compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-115|-35.1/-80|-35/-35|20/20

Soft limiter:
compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-80|-12.4/-12.4|-6/-8|0/-6.8|20/-2.8

er microphone. That makes the final mix sounding moody. This filter helps to solve phasing problems by adding different delays to each microphone track and make

Set millimeters distance. This is compensation distance for fine tuning. Default is 0.
Set cm distance. This is compensation distance for tightening distance setup. Default is 0.
Set meters distance. This is compensation distance for hard distance setup. Default is 0.
Set dry amount. Amount of unprocessed (dry) signal. Default is 0.
Set wet amount. Amount of processed (wet) signal. Default is 1.
Set temperature degree in Celsius. This is the temperature of the environment. Default is 20.

Sets the intensity of effect (default: 2.0). Must be in range between 0.0 (unchanged sound) to 10.0 (maximum effect).
Enable clipping. By default is enabled.

Set the DC shift, allowed range is [-1, 1]. It indicates the amount to shift the audio.
Optional. It should have a value much less than 1 (e.g. 0.05 or 0.02) and is used to prevent clipping.

ds: The Dynamic Audio Normalizer will "even out" the volume of quiet and loud sections, in the sense that the volume of each section is brought to the same target

Set the frame length in milliseconds. In range from 10 to 8000 milliseconds. Default is 500 milliseconds. The Dynamic Audio
Normalizer processes the input audio in small chunks, referred to as frames. This is required, because a peak magnitude has no
meaning for just a single sample value. Instead, we need to determine the peak magnitude for a contiguous sequence of sample
values. While a "standard" normalizer would simply use the peak magnitude of the complete file, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer
determines the peak magnitude individually for each frame. The length of a frame is specified in milliseconds. By default, the
Dynamic Audio Normalizer uses a frame length of 500 milliseconds, which has been found to give good results with most files. Note
that the exact frame length, in number of samples, will be determined automatically, based on the sampling rate of the individual
input audio file.
Set the Gaussian filter window size. In range from 3 to 301, must be odd number. Default is 31. Probably the most important
parameter of the Dynamic Audio Normalizer is the window size of the Gaussian smoothing filter. The filters window size is specified
in frames, centered around the current frame. For the sake of simplicity, this must be an odd number. Consequently, the default
value of 31 takes into account the current frame, as well as the 15 preceding frames and the 15 subsequent frames. Using a larger
window results in a stronger smoothing effect and thus in less gain variation, i.e. slower gain adaptation. Conversely, using a
smaller window results in a weaker smoothing effect and thus in more gain variation, i.e. faster gain adaptation. In other words, the
more you increase this value, the more the Dynamic Audio Normalizer will behave like a "traditional" normalization filter. On the
contrary, the more you decrease this value, the more the Dynamic Audio Normalizer will behave like a dynamic range compressor.
Set the target peak value. This specifies the highest permissible magnitude level for the normalized audio input. This filter will try to
approach the target peak magnitude as closely as possible, but at the same time it also makes sure that the normalized signal will
never exceed the peak magnitude. A frames maximum local gain factor is imposed directly by the target peak magnitude. The
default value is 0.95 and thus leaves a headroom of 5%*. It is not recommended to go above this value.
Set the maximum gain factor. In range from 1.0 to 100.0. Default is 10.0. The Dynamic Audio Normalizer determines the maximum
possible (local) gain factor for each input frame, i.e. the maximum gain factor that does not result in clipping or distortion. The
maximum gain factor is determined by the frames highest magnitude sample. However, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer additionally
bounds the frames maximum gain factor by a predetermined (global) maximum gain factor. This is done in order to avoid
excessive gain factors in "silent" or almost silent frames. By default, the maximum gain factor is 10.0, For most inputs the default

value should be sufficient and it usually is not recommended to increase this value. Though, for input with an extremely low overall
volume level, it may be necessary to allow even higher gain factors. Note, however, that the Dynamic Audio Normalizer does not
simply apply a "hard" threshold (i.e. cut off values above the threshold). Instead, a "sigmoid" threshold function will be applied. This
way, the gain factors will smoothly approach the threshold value, but never exceed that value.
Set the target RMS. In range from 0.0 to 1.0. Default is 0.0 - disabled. By default, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer performs "peak"
normalization. This means that the maximum local gain factor for each frame is defined (only) by the frames highest magnitude
sample. This way, the samples can be amplified as much as possible without exceeding the maximum signal level, i.e. without
clipping. Optionally, however, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer can also take into account the frames root mean square, abbreviated
RMS. In electrical engineering, the RMS is commonly used to determine the power of a time-varying signal. It is therefore
considered that the RMS is a better approximation of the "perceived loudness" than just looking at the signals peak magnitude.
Consequently, by adjusting all frames to a constant RMS value, a uniform "perceived loudness" can be established. If a target RMS
value has been specified, a frames local gain factor is defined as the factor that would result in exactly that RMS value. Note,
however, that the maximum local gain factor is still restricted by the frames highest magnitude sample, in order to prevent
clipping.
Enable channels coupling. By default is enabled. By default, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer will amplify all channels by the same
amount. This means the same gain factor will be applied to all channels, i.e. the maximum possible gain factor is determined by the
"loudest" channel. However, in some recordings, it may happen that the volume of the different channels is uneven, e.g. one
channel may be "quieter" than the other one(s). In this case, this option can be used to disable the channel coupling. This way, the
gain factor will be determined independently for each channel, depending only on the individual channels highest magnitude
sample. This allows for harmonizing the volume of the different channels.
Enable DC bias correction. By default is disabled. An audio signal (in the time domain) is a sequence of sample values. In the
Dynamic Audio Normalizer these sample values are represented in the -1.0 to 1.0 range, regardless of the original input format.
Normally, the audio signal, or "waveform", should be centered around the zero point. That means if we calculate the mean value of
all samples in a file, or in a single frame, then the result should be 0.0 or at least very close to that value. If, however, there is a
significant deviation of the mean value from 0.0, in either positive or negative direction, this is referred to as a DC bias or DC offset.
Since a DC bias is clearly undesirable, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer provides optional DC bias correction. With DC bias correction
enabled, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer will determine the mean value, or "DC correction" offset, of each input frame and subtract
that value from all of the frames sample values which ensures those samples are centered around 0.0 again. Also, in order to avoid
"gaps" at the frame boundaries, the DC correction offset values will be interpolated smoothly between neighbouring frames.
Enable alternative boundary mode. By default is disabled. The Dynamic Audio Normalizer takes into account a certain
neighbourhood around each frame. This includes the preceding frames as well as the subsequent frames. However, for the
"boundary" frames, located at the very beginning and at the very end of the audio file, not all neighbouring frames are available. In
particular, for the first few frames in the audio file, the preceding frames are not known. And, similarly, for the last few frames in
the audio file, the subsequent frames are not known. Thus, the question arises which gain factors should be assumed for the
missing frames in the "boundary" region. The Dynamic Audio Normalizer implements two modes to deal with this situation. The
default boundary mode assumes a gain factor of exactly 1.0 for the missing frames, resulting in a smooth "fade in" and "fade out"
at the beginning and at the end of the input, respectively.
Set the compress factor. In range from 0.0 to 30.0. Default is 0.0. By default, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer does not apply
"traditional" compression. This means that signal peaks will not be pruned and thus the full dynamic range will be retained within
each local neighbourhood. However, in some cases it may be desirable to combine the Dynamic Audio Normalizers normalization
algorithm with a more "traditional" compression. For this purpose, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer provides an optional compression
(thresholding) function. If (and only if) the compression feature is enabled, all input frames will be processed by a soft knee
thresholding function prior to the actual normalization process. Put simply, the thresholding function is going to prune all samples
whose magnitude exceeds a certain threshold value. However, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer does not simply apply a fixed
threshold value. Instead, the threshold value will be adjusted for each individual frame. In general, smaller parameters result in
stronger compression, and vice versa. Values below 3.0 are not recommended, because audible distortion may appear.

Set the filters central frequency in Hz.

Set method to specify band-width of filter.
h
Hz
q
Q-Factor
o
octave

s
slope
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
Set the required gain or attenuation in dB. Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.

Attenuate 10 dB at 1000 Hz, with a bandwidth of 200 Hz:

equalizer=f=1000:width_type=h:width=200:g=-10

Apply 2 dB gain at 1000 Hz with Q 1 and attenuate 5 dB at 100 Hz with Q 2:

equalizer=f=1000:width_type=q:width=1:g=2,equalizer=f=100:width_type=q:width=2:g=-5

Sets the difference coefficient (default: 2.5). 0.0 means mono sound (average of both channels), with 1.0 sound will be unchanged,
with -1.0 left and right channels will be swapped.
Enable clipping. By default is enabled.

Set gain curve equation (in dB). The expression can contain variables:
f
the evaluated frequency
sr
sample rate
ch
channel number, set to 0 when multichannels evaluation is disabled
chid
channel id, see libavutil/channel_layout.h, set to the first channel id when multichannels evaluation is disabled
chs
number of channels
chlayout
channel_layout, see libavutil/channel_layout.h
and functions:
gain_interpolate(f)
interpolate gain on frequency f based on gain_entry
cubic_interpolate(f)
same as gain_interpolate, but smoother
This option is also available as command. Default is gain_interpolate(f).
Set gain entry for gain_interpolate function. The expression can contain functions:
entry(f, g)
store gain entry at frequency f with value g
This option is also available as command.
Set filter delay in seconds. Higher value means more accurate. Default is 0.01.
Set filter accuracy in Hz. Lower value means more accurate. Default is 5.
Set window function. Acceptable values are:
rectangular
rectangular window, useful when gain curve is already smooth

hann
hann window (default)
hamming
hamming window
blackman
blackman window
nuttall3
3-terms continuous 1st derivative nuttall window
mnuttall3
minimum 3-terms discontinuous nuttall window
nuttall
4-terms continuous 1st derivative nuttall window
bnuttall
minimum 4-terms discontinuous nuttall (blackman-nuttall) window
bharris
blackman-harris window
tukey
tukey window
If enabled, use fixed number of audio samples. This improves speed when filtering with large delay. Default is disabled.
Enable multichannels evaluation on gain. Default is disabled.
Enable zero phase mode by subtracting timestamp to compensate delay. Default is disabled.
Set scale used by gain. Acceptable values are:
linlin
linear frequency, linear gain
linlog
linear frequency, logarithmic (in dB) gain (default)
loglin
logarithmic (in octave scale where 20 Hz is 0) frequency, linear gain
loglog
logarithmic frequency, logarithmic gain
Set file for dumping, suitable for gnuplot.
Set scale for dumpfile. Acceptable values are same with scale option. Default is linlog.

lowpass at 1000 Hz:

firequalizer=gain='if(lt(f,1000), 0, -INF)'

lowpass at 1000 Hz with gain_entry:

firequalizer=gain_entry='entry(1000,0); entry(1001, -INF)'

custom equalization:
firequalizer=gain_entry='entry(100,0); entry(400, -4); entry(1000, -6); entry(2000, 0)'

higher delay with zero phase to compensate delay:

firequalizer=delay=0.1:fixed=on:zero_phase=on

lowpass on left channel, highpass on right channel:

firequalizer=gain='if(eq(chid,1), gain_interpolate(f), if(eq(chid,2), gain_interpolate(1e6+f), 0))'
:gain_entry='entry(1000, 0); entry(1001,-INF); entry(1e6+1000,0)':multi=on

Set base delay in milliseconds. Range from 0 to 30. Default value is 0.

Set added swep delay in milliseconds. Range from 0 to 10. Default value is 2.
Set percentage regeneration (delayed signal feedback). Range from -95 to 95. Default value is 0.
Set percentage of delayed signal mixed with original. Range from 0 to 100. Default value is 71.
Set sweeps per second (Hz). Range from 0.1 to 10. Default value is 0.5.
Set swept wave shape, can be triangular or sinusoidal. Default value is sinusoidal.
Set swept wave percentage-shift for multi channel. Range from 0 to 100. Default value is 25.
Set delay-line interpolation, linear or quadratic. Default is linear.

Disable any automatic format conversion or resampling in the filter graph.

Process the stereo channels together. If target_gain does not match between channels, consider it invalid and use the last valid
target_gain.
Set the code detect timer period in ms.
Always extend peaks above -3dBFS even if PE isnt signaled.
Replace audio with a solid tone and adjust the amplitude to signal some specific aspect of the decoding process. The output file can
be loaded in an audio editor alongside the original to aid analysis.
analyze_mode=pe:force_pe=true can be used to see all samples above the PE level.

Modes are:
0, off
Disabled
1, lle
Gain adjustment level at each sample
2, pe
Samples where peak extend occurs
3, cdt
Samples where the code detect timer is active
4, tgm
Samples where the target gain does not match between channels

Set frequency in Hz. Default is 3000.

Set number of poles. Default is 2.

Set method to specify band-width of filter.

h
Hz
q
Q-Factor
o
octave
s
slope
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units. Applies only to double-pole filter. The default is 0.707q and gives a
Butterworth response.

The number of input streams. It defaults to 2.

The desired output channel layout. It defaults to stereo.
Map channels from inputs to output. The argument is a |-separated list of mappings, each in the input_idx.in_channel-out_channel
form. input_idx is the 0-based index of the input stream. in_channel can be either the name of the input channel (e.g. FL for front
left) or its index in the specified input stream. out_channel is the name of the output channel.

Specifies the name of LADSPA plugin library to load. If the environment variable LADSPA_PATH is defined, the LADSPA plugin is
searched in each one of the directories specified by the colon separated list in LADSPA_PATH, otherwise in the standard LADSPA
paths, which are in this order: HOME/.ladspa/lib/, /usr/local/lib/ladspa/, /usr/lib/ladspa/.
Specifies the plugin within the library. Some libraries contain only one plugin, but others contain many of them. If this is not set
filter will list all available plugins within the specified library.
Set the | separated list of controls which are zero or more floating point values that determine the behavior of the loaded plugin
(for example delay, threshold or gain). Controls need to be defined using the following syntax: c0=value0|c1=value1|c2=value2|...,
where valuei is the value set on the i-th control. Alternatively they can be also defined using the following syntax: value0|value1|
value2|..., where valuei is the value set on the i-th control. If controls is set to help, all available controls and their valid ranges are
printed.
Specify the sample rate, default to 44100. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default is 1024. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See (ffmpeg-utils)the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the
accepted syntax. Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified duration, as the generated audio is always cut
at the end of a complete frame. If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is supposed to be generated
forever. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.

List all available plugins within amp (LADSPA example plugin) library:
ladspa=file=amp

List all available controls and their valid ranges for vcf_notch plugin from VCF library:
ladspa=f=vcf:p=vcf_notch:c=help

Simulate low quality audio equipment using Computer Music Toolkit (CMT) plugin library:
ladspa=file=cmt:plugin=lofi:controls=c0=22|c1=12|c2=12

Add reverberation to the audio using TAP-plugins (Toms Audio Processing plugins):
ladspa=file=tap_reverb:tap_reverb

Generate white noise, with 0.2 amplitude:

ladspa=file=cmt:noise_source_white:c=c0=.2

Generate 20 bpm clicks using plugin C* Click - Metronome from the C* Audio Plugin Suite (CAPS) library:
ladspa=file=caps:Click:c=c1=20'

Apply C* Eq10X2 - Stereo 10-band equaliser effect:

ladspa=caps:Eq10X2:c=c0=-48|c9=-24|c3=12|c4=2

Increase volume by 20dB using fast lookahead limiter from Steve Harris SWH Plugins collection:
ladspa=fast_lookahead_limiter_1913:fastLookaheadLimiter:20|0|2

Attenuate low frequencies using Multiband EQ from Steve Harris SWH Plugins collection:
ladspa=mbeq_1197:mbeq:-24|-24|-24|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0

Modify the N-th control value.

If the specified value is not valid, it is ignored and prior one is kept.

Set integrated loudness target. Range is -70.0 - -5.0. Default value is -24.0.
Set loudness range target. Range is 1.0 - 20.0. Default value is 7.0.
Set maximum true peak. Range is -9.0 - +0.0. Default value is -2.0.
Measured IL of input file. Range is -99.0 - +0.0.
Measured LRA of input file. Range is 0.0 - 99.0.
Measured true peak of input file. Range is -99.0 - +99.0.
Measured threshold of input file. Range is -99.0 - +0.0.
Set offset gain. Gain is applied before the true-peak limiter. Range is -99.0 - +99.0. Default is +0.0.
Normalize linearly if possible. measured_I, measured_LRA, measured_TP, and measured_thresh must also to be specified in order to
use this mode. Options are true or false. Default is true.

Treat mono input files as "dual-mono". If a mono file is intended for playback on a stereo system, its EBU R128 measurement will be
perceptually incorrect. If set to true, this option will compensate for this effect. Multi-channel input files are not affected by this
option. Options are true or false. Default is false.
Set print format for stats. Options are summary, json, or none. Default value is none.

Set frequency in Hz. Default is 500.

Set number of poles. Default is 2.
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
h
Hz
q
Q-Factor
o
octave
s
slope
Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units. Applies only to double-pole filter. The default is 0.707q and gives a
Butterworth response.

output channel layout or number of channels

output channel specification, of the form: "out_name=[gain*]in_name[+[gain*]in_name...]"
output channel to define, either a channel name (FL, FR, etc.) or a channel number (c0, c1, etc.)
multiplicative coefficient for the channel, 1 leaving the volume unchanged
input channel to use, see out_name for details; it is not possible to mix named and numbered input channels

gain coefficients are zeroes or ones,

only one input per channel output,

Set tempo scale factor.

Set pitch scale factor.
Set transients detector. Possible values are:
crisp
mixed
smooth
Set detector. Possible values are:
compound
percussive
soft
Set phase. Possible values are:
laminar
independent
Set processing window size. Possible values are:
standard
short
long
Set smoothing. Possible values are:
of
on
Enable formant preservation when shift pitching. Possible values are:
shifted
preserved
Set pitch quality. Possible values are:
quality
speed
consistency
Set channels. Possible values are:
apart
together

am will be processed depending on second stream signal. The filtered signal then can be filtered with other filters in later stages of processing. See pan and amerge

Set input gain. Default is 1. Range is between 0.015625 and 64.

If a signal of second stream raises above this level it will affect the gain reduction of first stream. By default is 0.125. Range is
between 0.00097563 and 1.
Set a ratio about which the signal is reduced. 1:2 means that if the level raised 4dB above the threshold, it will be only 2dB above
after the reduction. Default is 2. Range is between 1 and 20.
Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before gain reduction starts. Default is 20. Range is between 0.01
and 2000.
Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before reduction is decreased again. Default is 250. Range is
between 0.01 and 9000.
Set the amount by how much signal will be amplified after processing. Default is 2. Range is from 1 and 64.
Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more softly. Default is 2.82843. Range is between 1 and 8.
Choose if the average level between all channels of side-chain stream or the louder( maximum) channel of side-chain stream affects
the reduction. Default is average.
Should the exact signal be taken in case of peak or an RMS one in case of rms. Default is rms which is mainly smoother.
Set sidechain gain. Default is 1. Range is between 0.015625 and 64.
How much to use compressed signal in output. Default is 1. Range is between 0 and 1.

Full ffmpeg example taking 2 audio inputs, 1st input to be compressed depending on the signal of 2nd input and later compressed

ffmpeg -i main.flac -i sidechain.flac -filter_complex "[1:a]asplit=2[sc][mix];[0:a][sc]sidechaincompress[compr];[compr][mix]amerge"

gate uses the full range signal to detect a level above the threshold. For example: If you cut all lower frequencies from your sidechain signal the gate will decrease
of muted strokes from a heavily distorted guitar. It needs two input streams and returns one output stream. First input stream will be processed depending on second

Set input level before filtering. Default is 1. Allowed range is from 0.015625 to 64.
Set the level of gain reduction when the signal is below the threshold. Default is 0.06125. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.
If a signal rises above this level the gain reduction is released. Default is 0.125. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.
Set a ratio about which the signal is reduced. Default is 2. Allowed range is from 1 to 9000.
Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before gain reduction stops. Default is 20 milliseconds. Allowed
range is from 0.01 to 9000.
Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before the reduction is increased again. Default is 250
milliseconds. Allowed range is from 0.01 to 9000.
Set amount of amplification of signal after processing. Default is 1. Allowed range is from 1 to 64.
Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more softly. Default is 2.828427125. Allowed range is from 1 to
8.
Choose if exact signal should be taken for detection or an RMS like one. Default is rms. Can be peak or rms.

Choose if the average level between all channels or the louder channel affects the reduction. Default is average. Can be average or
maximum.
Set sidechain gain. Default is 1. Range is from 0.015625 to 64.

n greater or equal to the minimum detected noise duration.

Set silence duration until notification (default is 2 seconds).

Set noise tolerance. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default is -60dB, or
0.001.

Detect 5 seconds of silence with -50dB noise tolerance:

silencedetect=n=-50dB:d=5

Complete example with ffmpeg to detect silence with 0.0001 noise tolerance in silence.mp3:
ffmpeg -i silence.mp3 -af silencedetect=noise=0.0001 -f null -

This value is used to indicate if audio should be trimmed at beginning of the audio. A value of zero indicates no silence should be
trimmed from the beginning. When specifying a non-zero value, it trims audio up until it finds non-silence. Normally, when trimming
silence from beginning of audio the start_periods will be 1 but it can be increased to higher values to trim all audio up to specific
count of non-silence periods. Default value is 0.
Specify the amount of time that non-silence must be detected before it stops trimming audio. By increasing the duration, bursts of
noises can be treated as silence and trimmed off. Default value is 0.
This indicates what sample value should be treated as silence. For digital audio, a value of 0 may be fine but for audio recorded
from analog, you may wish to increase the value to account for background noise. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended
to the specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default value is 0.
Set the count for trimming silence from the end of audio. To remove silence from the middle of a file, specify a stop_periods that is
negative. This value is then treated as a positive value and is used to indicate the effect should restart processing as specified by
start_periods, making it suitable for removing periods of silence in the middle of the audio. Default value is 0.
Specify a duration of silence that must exist before audio is not copied any more. By specifying a higher duration, silence that is
wanted can be left in the audio. Default value is 0.
This is the same as start_threshold but for trimming silence from the end of audio. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended
to the specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default value is 0.
This indicates that stop_duration length of audio should be left intact at the beginning of each period of silence. For example, if you
want to remove long pauses between words but do not want to remove the pauses completely. Default value is 0.
Set how is silence detected. Can be rms or peak. Second is faster and works better with digital silence which is exactly 0. Default
value is rms.
Set ratio used to calculate size of window for detecting silence. Default value is 0.02. Allowed range is from 0 to 10.

The following example shows how this filter can be used to start a recording that does not contain the delay at the start which

e:
silenceremove=1:5:0.02

Trim all silence encountered from beginning to end where there is more than 1 second of silence in audio:

silenceremove=0:0:0:-1:1:-90dB

the user for binaural listening via headphones (audio formats up to 9 channels supported). The HRTFs are stored in SOFA files (see http://www.sofacoustics.org/ for a
ademy of Sciences.

Set the SOFA file used for rendering.

Set gain applied to audio. Value is in dB. Default is 0.
Set rotation of virtual loudspeakers in deg. Default is 0.
Set elevation of virtual speakers in deg. Default is 0.
Set distance in meters between loudspeakers and the listener with near-field HRTFs. Default is 1.
Set processing type. Can be time or freq. time is processing audio in time domain which is slow. freq is processing audio in
frequency domain which is fast. Default is freq.
Set custom positions of virtual loudspeakers. Syntax for this option is: <CH> <AZIM> <ELEV>[|<CH> <AZIM> <ELEV>|...]. Each
virtual loudspeaker is described with short channel name following with azimuth and elevation in degreees. Each virtual
loudspeaker description is separated by |. For example to override front left and front right channel positions use: speakers=FL 45
15|FR 345 15. Descriptions with unrecognised channel names are ignored.

Using ClubFritz6 sofa file:

sofalizer=sofa=/path/to/ClubFritz6.sofa:type=freq:radius=1

Using ClubFritz12 sofa file and bigger radius with small rotation:
sofalizer=sofa=/path/to/ClubFritz12.sofa:type=freq:radius=2:rotation=5

Similar as above but with custom speaker positions for front left, front right, rear left and rear right and also with custom gain:
"sofalizer=sofa=/path/to/ClubFritz6.sofa:type=freq:radius=2:speakers=FL 45|FR 315|RL 135|RR 225:gain=28"

ng M/S stereo recordings to L/R signal while having control over the parameters or spreading the stereo image of master track.

Set input level before filtering for both channels. Defaults is 1. Allowed range is from 0.015625 to 64.
Set output level after filtering for both channels. Defaults is 1. Allowed range is from 0.015625 to 64.
Set input balance between both channels. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1 to 1.
Set output balance between both channels. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1 to 1.
Enable softclipping. Results in analog distortion instead of harsh digital 0dB clipping. Disabled by default.
Mute the left channel. Disabled by default.
Mute the right channel. Disabled by default.
Change the phase of the left channel. Disabled by default.
Change the phase of the right channel. Disabled by default.

Set stereo mode. Available values are:

lr>lr
Left/Right to Left/Right, this is default.
lr>ms
Left/Right to Mid/Side.
ms>lr
Mid/Side to Left/Right.
lr>ll
Left/Right to Left/Left.
lr>rr
Left/Right to Right/Right.
lr>l+r
Left/Right to Left + Right.
lr>rl
Left/Right to Right/Left.
Set level of side signal. Default is 1. Allowed range is from 0.015625 to 64.
Set balance of side signal. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1 to 1.
Set level of the middle signal. Default is 1. Allowed range is from 0.015625 to 64.
Set middle signal pan. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1 to 1.
Set stereo base between mono and inversed channels. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1 to 1.
Set delay in milliseconds how much to delay left from right channel and vice versa. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -20 to 20.
Set S/C level. Default is 1. Allowed range is from 1 to 100.
Set the stereo phase in degrees. Default is 0. Allowed range is from 0 to 360.

es
Apply karaoke like effect:
stereotools=mlev=0.015625

Convert M/S signal to L/R:

"stereotools=mode=ms>lr"

widen

e stereo effect by suppressing signal common to both channels and by delaying the signal of left into right and vice versa, thereby widening the stereo effect.

following options:
Time in milliseconds of the delay of left signal into right and vice versa. Default is 20 milliseconds.
Amount of gain in delayed signal into right and vice versa. Gives a delay effect of left signal in right output and vice versa which
gives widening effect. Default is 0.3.
Cross feed of left into right with inverted phase. This helps in suppressing the mono. If the value is 1 it will cancel all the signal
common to both channels. Default is 0.3.
Set level of input signal of original channel. Default is 0.8.

treble

ut treble (upper) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard hi-fis tone-controls. This is also known as
qualisation (EQ).

accepts the following options:

Give the gain at whichever is the lower of ~22 kHz and the Nyquist frequency. Its useful range is about -20 (for a large cut) to +20
(for a large boost). Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.

ncy, f
Set the filters central frequency and so can be used to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut. The default
value is 3000 Hz.

h_type
Set method to specify band-width of filter.
h
Hz
q
Q-Factor
o
octave
s
slope

idth, w
Determine how steep is the filters shelf transition.

6.67 tremolo
Sinusoidal amplitude modulation.
The filter accepts the following options:
f
Modulation frequency in Hertz. Modulation frequencies in the subharmonic range (20 Hz or lower) will result in a tremolo effect. This
filter may also be used as a ring modulator by specifying a modulation frequency higher than 20 Hz. Range is 0.1 - 20000.0. Default
value is 5.0 Hz.
d
Depth of modulation as a percentage. Range is 0.0 - 1.0. Default value is 0.5.

6.68 vibrato
Sinusoidal phase modulation.
The filter accepts the following options:
f
Modulation frequency in Hertz. Range is 0.1 - 20000.0. Default value is 5.0 Hz.
d
Depth of modulation as a percentage. Range is 0.0 - 1.0. Default value is 0.5.

6.69 volume
Adjust the input audio volume.
It accepts the following parameters:
volume
Set audio volume expression.
Output values are clipped to the maximum value.
The output audio volume is given by the relation:
output_volume = volume * input_volume

The default value for volume is "1.0".

precision
This parameter represents the mathematical precision.
It determines which input sample formats will be allowed, which affects the precision of the volume scaling.
fixed
8-bit fixed-point; this limits input sample format to U8, S16, and S32.
float
32-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to FLT. (default)
double
64-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to DBL.
replaygain
Choose the behaviour on encountering ReplayGain side data in input frames.
drop
Remove ReplayGain side data, ignoring its contents (the default).
ignore
Ignore ReplayGain side data, but leave it in the frame.

track
Prefer the track gain, if present.
album
Prefer the album gain, if present.
replaygain_preamp
Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain.
Default value for replaygain_preamp is 0.0.
eval
Set when the volume expression is evaluated.
It accepts the following values:
once
only evaluate expression once during the filter initialization, or when the volume command is sent
frame
evaluate expression for each incoming frame
Default value is once.
The volume expression can contain the following parameters.
n
frame number (starting at zero)
nb_channels
number of channels
nb_consumed_samples
number of samples consumed by the filter
nb_samples
number of samples in the current frame
pos
original frame position in the file
pts
frame PTS
sample_rate
sample rate
startpts
PTS at start of stream
startt
time at start of stream
t
frame time
tb
timestamp timebase
volume
last set volume value
Note that when eval is set to once only the sample_rate and tb variables are available, all other
variables will evaluate to NAN.

6.69.1 Commands
This filter supports the following commands:
volume
Modify the volume expression. The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.
replaygain_noclip
Prevent clipping by limiting the gain applied.
Default value for replaygain_noclip is 1.

6.69.2 Examples

Halve the input audio volume:

volume=volume=0.5

volume=volume=1/2

volume=volume=-6.0206dB

In all the above example the named key for volume can be omitted, for example like in:

volume=0.5

Increase input audio power by 6 decibels using fixed-point precision:

volume=volume=6dB:precision=fixed

Fade volume after time 10 with an annihilation period of 5 seconds:

volume='if(lt(t,10),1,max(1-(t-10)/5,0))':eval=frame

6.70 volumedetect
Detect the volume of the input video.
The filter has no parameters. The input is not modified. Statistics about the volume will be printed
in the log when the input stream end is reached.
In particular it will show the mean volume (root mean square), maximum volume (on a per-sample
basis), and the beginning of a histogram of the registered volume values (from the maximum
value to a cumulated 1/1000 of the samples).
All volumes are in decibels relative to the maximum PCM value.

6.70.1 Examples
Here is an excerpt of the output:
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] mean_volume: -27 dB
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] max_volume: -4 dB
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_4db: 6
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_5db: 62
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_6db: 286
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_7db: 1042
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_8db: 2551
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_9db: 4609
[Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_10db: 8409

It means that:

The mean square energy is approximately -27 dB, or 10^-2.7.

The largest sample is at -4 dB, or more precisely between -4 dB and -5 dB.

There are 6 samples at -4 dB, 62 at -5 dB, 286 at -6 dB, etc.

In other words, raising the volume by +4 dB does not cause any clipping, raising it by +5 dB
causes clipping for 6 samples, etc.

7 Audio Sources
Below is a description of the currently available audio sources.

7.1 abuffer
Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular through the interface defined
in libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h.
It accepts the following parameters:
time_base
The timebase which will be used for timestamps of submitted frames. It must be either a floating-point number or in
numerator/denominator form.
sample_rate
The sample rate of the incoming audio buffers.
sample_fmt
The sample format of the incoming audio buffers. Either a sample format name or its corresponding integer representation from the
enum AVSampleFormat in libavutil/samplefmt.h
The channel layout of
libavutil/channel_layout.c
libavutil/channel_layout.h

the
or

channel_layout
incoming audio buffers. Either a channel
its
corresponding
integer
representation

layout
from

name from channel_layout_map

the
AV_CH_LAYOUT_*
macros

in
in

channels
The number of channels of the incoming audio buffers. If both channels and channel_layout are specified, then they must be
consistent.

7.1.1 Examples
abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=s16p:channel_layout=stereo

will instruct the source to accept planar 16bit signed stereo at 44100Hz. Since the
sample format with name "s16p" corresponds to the number 6 and the "stereo"
channel layout corresponds to the value 0x3, this is equivalent to:
abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=6:channel_layout=0x3

7.2 aevalsrc
Generate an audio signal specified by an expression.
This source accepts in input one or more expressions (one for each channel), which
are evaluated and used to generate a corresponding audio signal.
This source accepts the following options:
exprs
Set the |-separated expressions list for each separate channel. In case the channel_layout option is not specified, the selected
channel layout depends on the number of provided expressions. Otherwise the last specified expression is applied to the remaining
output channels.
channel_layout, c
Set the channel layout. The number of channels in the specified layout must be equal to the number of specified expressions.
duration, d
Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See (ffmpeg-utils)the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the
accepted syntax. Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified duration, as the generated audio is always cut
at the end of a complete frame.
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is supposed to be generated forever.
nb_samples, n
Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default to 1024.
sample_rate, s
Specify the sample rate, default to 44100.
Each expression in exprs can contain the following constants:
n
number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
t
time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds, starting from 0
s
sample rate

7.2.1 Examples

Generate silence:

aevalsrc=0

Generate a sin signal with frequency of 440 Hz,

set sample rate to 8000 Hz:
aevalsrc="sin(440*2*PI*t):s=8000"

Generate a two channels signal, specify the

channel layout (Front Center + Back Center)
explicitly:

aevalsrc="sin(420*2*PI*t)|cos(430*2*PI*t):c=FC|BC"

Generate white noise:

aevalsrc="-2+random(0)"

Generate an amplitude modulated signal:

aevalsrc="sin(10*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t)"

Generate 2.5 Hz binaural beats on a 360 Hz

carrier:
aevalsrc="0.1*sin(2*PI*(360-2.5/2)*t)
0.1*sin(2*PI*(360+2.5/2)*t)"

7.3 anullsrc
The null audio source, return unprocessed audio frames. It is
mainly useful as a template and to be employed in analysis /
debugging tools, or as the source for filters which ignore the
input data (for example the sox synth filter).
This source accepts the following options:
channel_layout, cl
Specifies the channel layout, and can be either an integer or a string representing a channel layout. The default value of
channel_layout is "stereo".
Check the channel_layout_map definition in libavutil/channel_layout.c for the mapping between strings and channel layout values.
sample_rate, r
Specifies the sample rate, and defaults to 44100.
nb_samples, n
Set the number of samples per requested frames.

7.3.1 Examples

Set the sample rate to 48000 Hz and the

channel layout to AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO.
anullsrc=r=48000:cl=4

Do the same operation with a more

obvious syntax:
anullsrc=r=48000:cl=mono

All the parameters need to be explicitly defined.

7.4 flite
Synthesize a voice utterance using the libflite library.
To enable compilation of this filter you need to
configure FFmpeg with --enable-libflite.
Note that the flite library is not thread-safe.
The filter accepts the following options:
list_voices
If set to 1, list the names of the available voices and exit immediately. Default value is 0.
nb_samples, n
Set the maximum number of samples per frame. Default value is 512.
textfile
Set the filename containing the text to speak.
text
Set the text to speak.
voice, v
Set the voice to use for the speech synthesis. Default value is kal. See also the list_voices option.

7.4.1 Examples

Read from file speech.txt,

and synthesize the text
using the standard flite
voice:

flite=textfile=speech.txt

Read the specified text

selecting the slt voice:

flite=text='So

fare thee well,

poor devil of a Sub-Sub,
whose
commentator
I
am':voice=slt

Input text to ffmpeg:

ffmpeg

-f lavfi -i flite=text='So
fare thee well, poor devil of a
Sub-Sub,
whose
commentator I am':voice=slt

Make ffplay speak the

specified text, using flite
and the lavfi device:

ffplay -f lavfi flite=text='No more

be grieved for which that
thou hast done.'

For more information about libflite,

check:
http://www.speech.cs.cmu.edu/flite/

7.5 anoisesrc
Generate a noise audio signal.
The filter
options:

accepts

the

following

sample_rate, r
Specify the sample rate. Default value is 48000 Hz.
amplitude, a
Specify the amplitude (0.0 - 1.0) of the generated audio stream. Default value is 1.0.
duration, d
Specify the duration of the generated audio stream. Not specifying this option results in noise with an infinite length.
color, colour, c
Specify the color of noise. Available noise colors are white, pink, and brown. Default color is white.
seed, s
Specify a value used to seed the PRNG.
nb_samples, n
Set the number of samples per each output frame, default is 1024.

7.5.1
Examples

Generate
60
seconds
of
pink
noise,
with
a
44.1 kHz
sampling
rate and
an
amplitude
of 0.5:
anoisesrc=
d=60:c=pi
nk:r=4410
0:a=0.5

7.6 sine
Generate an audio
signal made of a sine
wave with amplitude
1/8.

The audio signal is

bit-exact.
The filter accepts the
following options:
frequency, f
Set the carrier frequency. Default is 440 Hz.
beep_factor, b
Enable a periodic beep every second with frequency beep_factor times the carrier frequency. Default is 0, meaning the beep is
disabled.
sample_rate,
r
Specify the sample rate, default is 44100.
duration, d
Specify the duration of the generated audio stream.
samples
_per_fra
me
Set the number of samples per output frame.
The expression can contain the following constants:
n
The (sequential) number of the output audio frame, starting from 0.
pts
The PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the output audio frame, expressed in TB units.
t
The PTS of the output audio frame, expressed in seconds.
TB
The timebase of the output audio frames.
Default is 1024.

7.6.
1
Exa
mpl
es

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
a
si
m
p
l
e
4
4
0
H
z
si
n
e
w
a
v
e
:
sin
e

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e

a
2
2
0
H
z
si
n
e
w
a
v
e
w
it
h
a
8
8
0
H
z
b
e
e
p
e
a
c
h
s
e
c
o
n
d
,
f
o
r
5
s
e
c
o
n
d
s
:

sin
e
=
2
2
0
:
4
:
d
=
5
sin
e
=
f
=
2
2
0
:
b
=
4
:
d
=
5
sin
e
=
fr
e

q
u
e
n
c
y
=
2
2
0
:
b
e
e
p
_f
a
c
t
o
r
=
4
:
d
u
r
a
ti
o
n
=
5

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
a
1
k
H
z
si
n
e
w
a
v
e
f
o
ll
o
w
i
n
g
1
6
0
2
,
1
6
0
1
,
1
6
0
2
,
1
6
0
1
,
1
6
0
2

N
T

S
C
p
a
tt
e
r
n
:

sin
e
=
1
0
0
0
:s
a
m
pl
e
s
_
p
e
r_
fr
a
m
e
=
's
t(
0
,
m
o
d
(
n
,
5
))
;
1
6
0
2
n
o
t(
n
o
t(
e
q
(l
d
(
0
),
1
)
+
e
q
(l
d
(
0
),
3
))
)'

8
Au
di
o
Si

nk
s
Below
is
a
descri
ption
of the
current
ly
availa
ble
audio
sinks.

8.1
abu
ffer
sin
k
Buffer
audio
frames
, and
make
them
availa
ble to
the
end of
filter
chain.
This
sink is
mainly
intend
ed for
progra
mmati
c use,
in
particu
lar
throug
h the
interfa
ce
define
d
in
libavfil
ter/bu
ffersin
k.h or
the
option
s
system
.
It
accept
s
a
pointer
to an
AVABu
fferSin
kConte
xt
structu
re,
which
define
s the
incomi
ng
buffers

format
s,
to
be
passed
as the
opaqu
e
param
eter to
avfilter
_init_filt
er for

initializ
ation.

8.2
anu
llsi
nk
Null
audio
sink;
do
absolu
tely
nothin
g with
the
input
audio.
It
is
mainly
useful
as
a
templa
te and
for use
in
analysi
s
/
debug
ging
tools.

9
Vi
de
o
Fil
ter
s
When
you
config
ure
your
FFmpe
g
build,
you
can
disable
any of
the
existin
g
filters
using
--disabl
efilters.

The

config
ure
output
will
show
the
video
filters
includ
ed in
your
build.
Below
is
a
descri
ption
of the
current
ly
availa
ble
video
filters.

9.1
alp
hae
xtr
act
Extract
the
alpha
compo
nent
from
the
input
as
a
graysc
ale
video.
This is
especi
ally
useful
with
the
alpha
merge
filter.

9.2
alp
ha
me
rge
Add or
replac
e the
alpha
compo
nent of
the
primar
y input
with
the
graysc
ale
value
of
a
second
input.
This is

intend
ed for
use
with
alphae
xtract
to
allow
the
transm
ission
or
storag
e
of
frame
seque
nces
that
have
alpha
in
a
format
that
doesn
t
suppor
t
an
alpha
chann
el.
For
examp
le, to
recons
truct
full
frames
from a
normal
YUVencod
ed
video
and a
separa
te
video
create
d with
alphae
xtract,
you
might
use:
movie=
in_alph
a.mkv
[alpha];
[in]
[alpha]
alpham
erge
[out]

Since
this
filter is
design
ed for
recons
tructio
n,
it
operat
es on
frame
seque
nces
withou
t
consid
ering
timest
amps,

and
termin
ates
when
either
input
reache
s end
of
stream
. This
will
cause
proble
ms
if
your
encodi
ng
pipelin
e
drops
frames
.
If
youre
trying
to
apply
an
image
as an
overla
y to a
video
stream
,
consid
er the
overla
y filter
instea
d.

9.3
ass
Same
as the
subtitl
es
filter,
except
that it
doesn
t
require
libavco
dec
and
libavfo
rmat
to
work.
On the
other
hand,
it
is
limited
to ASS
(Advan
ced
Substa
tion
Alpha)
subtitl
es
files.
This
filter
accept
s the
followi
ng

option
in
additio
n
to
the
comm
on
option
s from
the
subtitl
es
filter:
shapi
ng
Set the shaping engine
Available values are:
auto
The default libass shaping engine, which is the best available.
simple
Fast, font-agnostic shaper that can do only substitutions
complex
Slower shaper using OpenType for substitutions and positioning
The default is auto.

9.
4
at
a
d
e
n
oi
se
App
ly
an
Ada
ptiv
e
Tem
por
al
Ave
ragi
ng
Den
oise
r to
the
vide
o
inp
ut.
The
filte
r
acc
epts
the
follo
win
g
opti
ons:
0a
Set threshold A for 1st plane. Default is 0.02. Valid range is 0 to 0.3.
0
b
Set threshold B for 1st plane. Default is 0.04. Valid range is 0 to 5.

1
a
Set threshold A for 2nd plane. Default is 0.02. Valid range is 0 to 0.3.
1b
Set threshold B for 2nd plane. Default is 0.04. Valid range is 0 to 5.
2a
Set threshold A for 3rd plane. Default is 0.02. Valid range is 0 to 0.3.
2b
Set threshold B for 3rd plane. Default is 0.04. Valid range is 0 to 5.
Threshold A is designed to react on abrupt changes in the input signal and threshold B is designed to react on continuous changes
in the input signal.
s
Set number of frames filter will use for averaging. Default is 33. Must be odd number in range [5, 129].
p
Set what planes of frame filter will use for averaging. Default is all.

9.5
avgblur
Apply average blur
filter.
The filter accepts
the
following
options:
sizeX
Set horizontal kernel size.
planes
Set which planes to filter. By default all planes are filtered.
sizeY
Set vertical kernel size, if zero it will be same as sizeX. Default is 0.

9.6 bbox

Compute the bounding

for the non-black pixe
the input frame lumin
plane.

This filter computes

bounding box containin
the pixels with a lumin
value greater than
minimum allowed v
The parameters descr
the bounding box
printed on the filter log
The filter accepts
following option:
min_val
Set the minimal luminance value. Default is 16.

9.7
bitplanenois

Show and measure b

noise.

The
filter
accept
following options:
bitplane
Set which plane to analyze. Default is 1.
filter
Filter out noisy pixels from bitplane set above. Default is disabled.

9.8 blackdet

Detect video interva

(almost) completely b
useful to detect chapt
commercials, or inval

Output lines contains

the start, end and du
detected black interva
seconds.

In order to display the

you need to set the log
to the AV_LOG_INFO va
The filter
options:

accepts

black_min_duration,
Set the minimum detected black duration expressed in seconds. It must be a non-negative floating point number.
Default value is 2.0.

picture_black_ratio_t
Set the threshold for considering a picture "black". Express the minimum value for the ratio:
nb_black_pixels / nb_pixels

for which a picture is considered black. Default value is 0.98.

pixel_black_th, pix_t
Set the threshold for considering a pixel "black".
The threshold expresses the maximum pixel luminance value for which a pixel is considered "black". The provided value is scaled
according to the following equation:
absolute_threshold = luminance_minimum_value + pixel_black_th * luminance_range_size

luminance_range_size and luminance_minimum_value depend on the input video format, the range is [0-255] for YUV full-range
formats and [16-235] for YUV non full-range formats.
Default value is 0.10.

The following exampl

pixel threshold to the
detects only black in
seconds:

blackdetect=d=2:pix_th=

9.9 blackfra

Detect frames that ar

black. Can be usefu
transitions or comm
consist of the frame nu
frame, the percentag
position in the file if
timestamp in seconds.

In order to display the

to set the logleve
AV_LOG_INFO value.

It accepts the following

amount
The percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold; it defaults to 98.
threshold, thresh
The threshold below which a pixel value is considered black; it defaults to 32.

9.10 blend,

Blend two video frame

The blend filter take

outputs one stream,
layer and second in
default, the output te
input terminates.
The tblend (time
consecutive frames fr
outputs the result obt
frame on top of the old
A description of the ac
c0_mode
c1_mode
c2_mode
c3_mode
all_mode
Set blend mode for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case of all_mode. Default value is normal.

Available values for component modes are:

addition
addition128
and
average
burn
darken
difference
difference128
divide
dodge
freeze
exclusion
glow
hardlight
hardmix
heat
lighten
linearlight
multiply
multiply128
negation
normal
or
overlay
phoenix
pinlight
reflect
screen
softlight
subtract
vividlight
xor
c0_opacity
c1_opacity
c2_opacity
c3_opacity
all_opacity
Set blend opacity for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case of all_opacity. Only used in combination with pixel
component blend modes.
c0_expr
c1_expr
c2_expr
c3_expr
all_expr
Set blend expression for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case of all_expr. Note that related mode options will be
ignored if those are set.
The expressions can use the following variables:
N
The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from 0.
X
Y
the coordinates of the current sample
W
H
the width and height of currently filtered plane
SW
SH
Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of
pixels and the current plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are 1,1 for the luma plane, and 0.5,0.5 for chroma planes.
T
Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
TOP, A
Value of pixel component at current location for first video frame (top layer).
BOTTOM, B
Value of pixel component at current location for second video frame (bottom layer).
shortest
Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is 0. This option is only defined for the blend filter.
repeatlast
Continue applying the last bottom frame after the end of the stream. A value of 0 disable the filter after the last frame of the
bottom layer is reached. Default is 1. This option is only defined for the blend filter.

9.10.1 Example

Apply transition
seconds:

blend=all_expr='A

Apply 1x1 checke

blend=all_expr='if

Apply uncover lef

blend=all_expr='if

Apply uncover do

blend=all_expr='if

Apply uncover up

blend=all_expr='if

Split diagonally v
side:

blend=all_expr=if(

Display difference

tblend=all_mode=

9.11 boxblur

Apply a boxblur algorit

It accepts the following

luma_radius, lr
luma_power, lp
chroma_radius, cr
chroma_power, cp
alpha_radius, ar
alpha_power, ap
A description of the ac
luma_radius, lr
chroma_radius, cr
alpha_radius, ar
Set an expression for the box radius in pixels used for blurring the corresponding input plane.
The radius value must be a non-negative number, and must not be greater than the value of the expression min(w,h)/2 for the luma
and alpha planes, and of min(cw,ch)/2 for the chroma planes.
Default value for luma_radius is "2". If not specified, chroma_radius and alpha_radius default to the corresponding value set for
luma_radius.
The expressions can contain the following constants:
w
h
The input width and height in pixels.
cw
ch
The input chroma image width and height in pixels.
hsub
vsub
The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the pixel format "yuv422p", hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.
luma_power, lp
chroma_power, cp
alpha_power, ap
Specify how many times the boxblur filter is applied to the corresponding plane.
Default value for luma_power is 2. If not specified, chroma_power and alpha_power default to the corresponding value set for
luma_power.
A value of 0 will disable the effect.

9.11.1 Example

Apply a boxblur fi

boxblur=luma_rad

boxblur=2:1

Set the luma radi

boxblur=2:1:cr=0:

Set the luma and

boxblur=luma_rad
,ch)/10:chroma_po

9.12 bwdif

Deinterlace the inpu

Deinterlacing Filter").

Motion adaptive deint

and cubic interpola
parameters:
mode
The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following values:
0, send_frame
Output one frame for each frame.
1, send_field
Output one frame for each field.
The default value is send_field.
parity
The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It accepts one of the following values:
0, tff
Assume the top field is first.
1, bff
Assume the bottom field is first.
-1, auto
Enable automatic detection of field parity.
The default value is auto. If the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not export this information, top field first will be
assumed.
deint
Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following values:
0, all
Deinterlace all frames.
1, interlaced
Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
The default value is all.

9.13 chroma

YUV colorspace color/c

The filter accepts the f

color
The color which will be replaced with transparency.
similarity
Similarity percentage with the key color.
0.01 matches only the exact key color, while 1.0 matches everything.
blend
Blend percentage.
0.0 makes pixels either fully transparent, or not transparent at all.
Higher values result in semi-transparent pixels, with a higher transparency the more similar the pixels color is to the key color.
yuv
Signals that the color passed is already in YUV instead of RGB.
Litteral colors like "green" or "red" dont make sense with this enabled anymore. This can be used to pass exact YUV values as
hexadecimal numbers.

9.13.1 Example

Make every green

ffmpeg -i input.png

Overlay a greens

ffmpeg -f lavfi
"[1:v]chromakey=0

9.14 ciescop

Display CIE color diagr

The filter accepts the f

system
Set color system.
ntsc, 470m
ebu, 470bg
smpte
240m
apple
widergb
cie1931
rec709, hdtv
uhdtv, rec2020
cie
Set CIE system.
xyy
ucs
luv
gamuts
Set what gamuts to draw.
See system option for available values.
size, s
Set ciescope size, by default set to 512.
intensity, i
Set intensity used to map input pixel values to CIE diagram.
contrast
Set contrast used to draw tongue colors that are out of active color system gamut.
corrgamma
Correct gamma displayed on scope, by default enabled.
showwhite
Show white point on CIE diagram, by default disabled.
gamma
Set input gamma. Used only with XYZ input color space.

9.15 codecv

Visualize information e

Some codecs can exp

based codecs export m

The filter accepts the f

mv
Set motion vectors to visualize.
Available flags for mv are:
pf
forward predicted MVs of P-frames
bf
forward predicted MVs of B-frames
bb
backward predicted MVs of B-frames
qp
Display quantization parameters using the chroma planes.
mv_type, mvt
Set motion vectors type to visualize. Includes MVs from all frames unless specified by frame_type option.

Available flags for mv_type are:

fp
forward predicted MVs
bp
backward predicted MVs
frame_type, ft
Set frame type to visualize motion vectors of.
Available flags for frame_type are:
if
intra-coded frames (I-frames)
pf
predicted frames (P-frames)
bf
bi-directionally predicted frames (B-frames)

9.15.1 Example

Visualize forward

ffplay -flags2 +exp

Visualize multi-di

ffplay -flags2 +exp

9.16 colorba

Modify intensity of prim

The filter allows an inp

or blue-yellow balance
A positive adjustment

The filter accepts the f

rs
gs
bs
Adjust red, green and blue shadows (darkest pixels).
rm
gm
bm
Adjust red, green and blue midtones (medium pixels).
rh
gh
bh
Adjust red, green and blue highlights (brightest pixels).
Allowed ranges for options are [-1.0, 1.0]. Defaults are 0.

9.16.1 Example

Add red color cas

colorbalance=rs=.

9.17 colorke

RGB colorspace color k

The filter accepts the f

color
The color which will be replaced with transparency.
similarity
Similarity percentage with the key color.
0.01 matches only the exact key color, while 1.0 matches everything.
blend
Blend percentage.

0.0 makes pixels either fully transparent, or not transparent at all.

Higher values result in semi-transparent pixels, with a higher transparency the more similar the pixels color is to the key color.

9.17.1 Example

Make every green

ffmpeg -i input.png

Overlay a greens

ffmpeg -i backgrou

9.18 colorlev

Adjust video input fram

The filter accepts the f

rimin
gimin
bimin
aimin
Adjust red, green, blue and alpha input black point. Allowed ranges for options are [-1.0, 1.0]. Defaults are 0.
rimax
gimax
bimax
aimax
Adjust red, green, blue and alpha input white point. Allowed ranges for options are [-1.0, 1.0]. Defaults are 1.
Input levels are used to lighten highlights (bright tones), darken shadows (dark tones), change the balance of bright and dark tones.
romin
gomin
bomin
aomin
Adjust red, green, blue and alpha output black point. Allowed ranges for options are [0, 1.0]. Defaults are 0.
romax
gomax
bomax
aomax
Adjust red, green, blue and alpha output white point. Allowed ranges for options are [0, 1.0]. Defaults are 1.
Output levels allows manual selection of a constrained output level range.

9.18.1 Example

Make video outpu

colorlevels=rimin=

Increase contrast

colorlevels=rimin=

Make video outpu

colorlevels=rimax=

Increase brightne

colorlevels=romin=

9.19 colorch

Adjust video input fram

This filter modifies a co

output value will be:

red=red*rr + blue*rb + g

The filter accepts the f

rr

rg
rb
ra
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output red channel. Default is 1 for rr, and 0 for rg, rb and ra.
gr
gg
gb
ga
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output green channel. Default is 1 for gg, and 0 for gr, gb and
ga.
br
bg
bb
ba
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output blue channel. Default is 1 for bb, and 0 for br, bg and ba.
ar
ag
ab
aa
Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output alpha channel. Default is 1 for aa, and 0 for ar, ag and
ab.
Allowed ranges for options are [-2.0, 2.0].

9.19.1 Example

Convert source to

colorchannelmixer

Simulate sepia to

colorchannelmixer

9.20 colorm
Convert color matrix.

The filter accepts the f

src
dst
Specify the source and destination color matrix. Both values must be specified.
The accepted values are:
bt709
BT.709
bt601
BT.601
smpte240m
SMPTE-240M
fcc
FCC
bt2020
BT.2020

For example to convert

colormatrix=bt601:smpt

9.21 colorsp

Convert colorspace, tra

The filter accepts the f

all
Specify all color properties at once.
The accepted values are:
bt470m
BT.470M
bt470bg
BT.470BG
bt601-6-525
BT.601-6 525

bt601-6-625
BT.601-6 625
bt709
BT.709
smpte170m
SMPTE-170M
smpte240m
SMPTE-240M
bt2020
BT.2020
space
Specify output colorspace.
The accepted values are:
bt709
BT.709
fcc
FCC
bt470bg
BT.470BG or BT.601-6 625
smpte170m
SMPTE-170M or BT.601-6 525
smpte240m
SMPTE-240M
bt2020ncl
BT.2020 with non-constant luminance
trc
Specify output transfer characteristics.
The accepted values are:
bt709
BT.709
gamma22
Constant gamma of 2.2
gamma28
Constant gamma of 2.8
smpte170m
SMPTE-170M, BT.601-6 625 or BT.601-6 525
smpte240m
SMPTE-240M
bt2020-10
BT.2020 for 10-bits content
bt2020-12
BT.2020 for 12-bits content
primaries
Specify output color primaries.
The accepted values are:
bt709
BT.709
bt470m
BT.470M
bt470bg
BT.470BG or BT.601-6 625
smpte170m
SMPTE-170M or BT.601-6 525
smpte240m
SMPTE-240M
bt2020
BT.2020
range
Specify output color range.
The accepted values are:
mpeg
MPEG (restricted) range
jpeg
JPEG (full) range

format
Specify output color format.
The accepted values are:
yuv420p
YUV 4:2:0 planar 8-bits
yuv420p10
YUV 4:2:0 planar 10-bits
yuv420p12
YUV 4:2:0 planar 12-bits
yuv422p
YUV 4:2:2 planar 8-bits
yuv422p10
YUV 4:2:2 planar 10-bits
yuv422p12
YUV 4:2:2 planar 12-bits
yuv444p
YUV 4:4:4 planar 8-bits
yuv444p10
YUV 4:4:4 planar 10-bits
yuv444p12
YUV 4:4:4 planar 12-bits
fast
Do a fast conversion, which skips gamma/primary correction. This will take significantly less CPU, but will be mathematically
incorrect. To get output compatible with that produced by the colormatrix filter, use fast=1.
dither
Specify dithering mode.
The accepted values are:
none
No dithering
fsb
Floyd-Steinberg dithering
wpadapt
Whitepoint adaptation mode.
The accepted values are:
bradford
Bradford whitepoint adaptation
vonkries
von Kries whitepoint adaptation
identity
identity whitepoint adaptation (i.e. no whitepoint adaptation)
iall
Override all input properties at once. Same accepted values as all.
ispace
Override input colorspace. Same accepted values as space.
iprimaries
Override input color primaries. Same accepted values as primaries.
itrc
Override input transfer characteristics. Same accepted values as trc.
irange
Override input color range. Same accepted values as range.

The filter converts the

also not specified, the
color range should be s

For example to convert

colorspace=smpte240m

9.22 convolu
Apply convolution 3x3

The filter accepts the f

0m
1m
2m
3m

Set matrix for each plane. Matrix is sequence of 9 or 25 signed integers.

0rdiv
1rdiv
2rdiv
3rdiv
Set multiplier for calculated value for each plane.
0bias
1bias
2bias
3bias
Set bias for each plane. This value is added to the result of the multiplication. Useful for making the overall image brighter or
darker. Default is 0.0.

9.22.1 Example

Apply sharpen:

convolution="0 -1

Apply blur:

convolution="1 1 1

Apply edge enhan

convolution="0 0 0

Apply edge detec

convolution="0 1 0

Apply emboss:

convolution="-2 -1

9.23 copy
Copy the input source

9.24 coreim
Video filtering on GPU

Hardware acceleration
processing. It depends
There are many filters

The coreimage filter ac

list_filters
List all available filters and generators along with all their respective options as well as possible minimum and maximum values
along with the default values.
list_filters=true

filter
Specify all filters by their respective name and options. Use list_filters to determine all valid filter names and options. Numerical
options are specified by a float value and are automatically clamped to their respective value range. Vector and color options have
to be specified by a list of space separated float values. Character escaping has to be done. A special option name default is
available to use default options for a filter.
It is required to specify either default or at least one of the filter options. All omitted options are used with their default values. The
syntax of the filter string is as follows:
filter=<NAME>@<OPTION>=<VALUE>[@<OPTION>=<VALUE>][@...][#<NAME>@<OPTION>=<VALUE>[@<OPTION>=<VALUE>][@...]]
[#...]

output_rect
Specify a rectangle where the output of the filter chain is copied into the input image. It is given by a list of space separated float
values:
output_rect=x\ y\ width\ height

If not given, the output rectangle equals the dimensions of the input image. The output rectangle is automatically cropped at the
borders of the input image. Negative values are valid for each component.

output_rect=25\ 25\ 100\ 100

Several filters can be

output image are supp

Some filters generate o

For image generators,

image to generate thei

The coreimagesrc vide

9.24.1 Example

List all filters ava

coreimage=list_filt

Use the CIBoxBlu

coreimage=filter=

Use a filter chain

coreimage=filter=

Use nullsrc and C

ffmpeg -f lavfi -i nu

9.25 crop

Crop the input video to

It accepts the following

w, out_w
The width of the output video. It defaults to iw. This expression is evaluated only once during the filter configuration, or when the
w or out_w command is sent.
h, out_h
The height of the output video. It defaults to ih. This expression is evaluated only once during the filter configuration, or when the
h or out_h command is sent.
x
The horizontal position, in the input video, of the left edge of the output video. It defaults to (in_w-out_w)/2. This expression is
evaluated per-frame.
y
The vertical position, in the input video, of the top edge of the output video. It defaults to (in_h-out_h)/2. This expression is evaluated
per-frame.
keep_aspect
If set to 1 will force the output display aspect ratio to be the same of the input, by changing the output sample aspect ratio. It
defaults to 0.
exact
Enable exact cropping. If enabled, subsampled videos will be cropped at exact width/height/x/y as specified and will not be rounded
to nearest smaller value. It defaults to 0.
The out_w, out_h, x, y
x
y
The computed values for x and y. They are evaluated for each new frame.
in_w
in_h
The input width and height.
iw
ih
These are the same as in_w and in_h.
out_w
out_h
The output (cropped) width and height.
ow
oh
These are the same as out_w and out_h.
a
same as iw / ih
sar

input sample aspect ratio

dar
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (iw / ih) * sar
hsub
vsub
horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.
n
The number of the input frame, starting from 0.
pos
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
t
The timestamp expressed in seconds. Its NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.

The expression for out_

The x and y parameter

The expression for x m

9.25.1 Example

Crop area with siz

crop=100:100:12:3

Using named options, t

crop=w=100:h=100:x=1

Crop the central i

crop=100:100

Crop the central i

crop=2/3*in_w:2/3

Crop the input vid

crop=out_w=in_h

crop=in_h

Delimit the rectan

crop=in_w-100:in_

Crop 10 pixels fro

crop=in_w-2*10:in

Keep only the bot

crop=in_w/2:in_h/2

Crop height for g

crop=in_w:1/PHI*in

Apply trembling e

crop=in_w/2:in_h/2

Apply erratic cam

crop=in_w/2:in_h/2

Set x depending

crop=in_w/2:in_h/2

9.25.2 Comman

This filter supports the

w, out_w
h, out_h
x
y
Set width/height of the output video and the horizontal/vertical position in the input video. The command accepts the same syntax
of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

9.26 cropde

Auto-detect the crop si

It calculates the neces

It accepts the following

limit
Set higher black value threshold, which can be optionally specified from nothing (0) to everything (255 for 8-bit based formats). An
intensity value greater to the set value is considered non-black. It defaults to 24. You can also specify a value between 0.0 and 1.0
which will be scaled depending on the bitdepth of the pixel format.
round
The value which the width/height should be divisible by. It defaults to 16. The offset is automatically adjusted to center the video.
Use 2 to get only even dimensions (needed for 4:2:2 video). 16 is best when encoding to most video codecs.
reset_count, reset
Set the counter that determines after how many frames cropdetect will reset the previously detected largest video area and start
over to detect the current optimal crop area. Default value is 0.
This can be useful when channel logos distort the video area. 0 indicates never reset, and returns the largest area encountered
during playback.

9.27 curves

Apply color adjustment

This filter is similar to t

for the output frame.

By default, a compone

The filter allows you to

be in the [0;1] interval

The filter accepts the f

preset
Select one of the available color presets. This option can be used in addition to the r, g, b parameters; in this case, the later options
takes priority on the preset values. Available presets are:
none
color_negative
cross_process
darker
increase_contrast
lighter
linear_contrast
medium_contrast
negative
strong_contrast
vintage
Default is none.
master, m
Set the master key points. These points will define a second pass mapping. It is sometimes called a "luminance" or "value"
mapping. It can be used with r, g, b or all since it acts like a post-processing LUT.
red, r
Set the key points for the red component.
green, g
Set the key points for the green component.
blue, b
Set the key points for the blue component.
all
Set the key points for all components (not including master). Can be used in addition to the other key points component options. In
this case, the unset component(s) will fallback on this all setting.
psfile
Specify a Photoshop curves file (.acv) to import the settings from.
plot
Save Gnuplot script of the curves in specified file.

To avoid some filtergra

9.27.1 Example

Increase slightly

curves=blue='0/0

Vintage effect:

curves=r='0/0.11

Here we obtain the foll

red
(0;0.11) (0.42;0.51) (1;0.95)

green
(0;0) (0.50;0.48) (1;1)

blue
(0;0.22) (0.49;0.44) (1;0.80)

The previous exa

curves=preset=vin

Or simply:

curves=vintage

Use a Photoshop

curves=psfile='My

Check out the cu

ffmpeg -f lavfi -i co

gnuplot -p /tmp/cu

9.28 datasco

Video data analysis filt

This filter shows hexad

The filter accepts the f

size, s
Set output video size.
x
Set x offset from where to pick pixels.
y
Set y offset from where to pick pixels.
mode
Set scope mode, can be one of the following:
mono
Draw hexadecimal pixel values with white color on black background.
color
Draw hexadecimal pixel values with input video pixel color on black background.
color2
Draw hexadecimal pixel values on color background picked from input video, the text color is picked in such way so its always
visible.
axis
Draw rows and columns numbers on left and top of video.
opacity
Set background opacity.

9.29 dctdno

Denoise frames using 2

This filter is not design

The filter accepts the f

sigma, s
Set the noise sigma constant.
This sigma defines a hard threshold of 3 * sigma; every DCT coefficient (absolute value) below this threshold with be dropped.
If you need a more advanced filtering, see expr.
Default is 0.
overlap
Set number overlapping pixels for each block. Since the filter can be slow, you may want to reduce this value, at the cost of a less
effective filter and the risk of various artefacts.
If the overlapping value doesnt permit processing the whole input width or height, a warning will be displayed and according
borders wont be denoised.
Default value is blocksize-1, which is the best possible setting.
expr, e
Set the coefficient factor expression.
For each coefficient of a DCT block, this expression will be evaluated as a multiplier value for the coefficient.
If this is option is set, the sigma option will be ignored.
The absolute value of the coefficient can be accessed through the c variable.
n
Set the blocksize using the number of bits. 1<<n defines the blocksize, which is the width and height of the processed blocks.
The default value is 3 (8x8) and can be raised to 4 for a blocksize of 16x16. Note that changing this setting has huge consequences
on the speed processing. Also, a larger block size does not necessarily means a better de-noising.

9.29.1 Example

Apply a denoise with a

dctdnoiz=4.5

The same operation ca

dctdnoiz=e='gte(c, 4.5*3

Violent denoise using a

dctdnoiz=15:n=4

9.30 deband

Remove banding artifa

The filter accepts the f

1thr
2thr
3thr
4thr
Set banding detection threshold for each plane. Default is 0.02. Valid range is 0.00003 to 0.5. If difference between current pixel
and reference pixel is less than threshold, it will be considered as banded.
range, r
Banding detection range in pixels. Default is 16. If positive, random number in range 0 to set value will be used. If negative, exact
absolute value will be used. The range defines square of four pixels around current pixel.
direction, d
Set direction in radians from which four pixel will be compared. If positive, random direction from 0 to set direction will be picked. If
negative, exact of absolute value will be picked. For example direction 0, -PI or -2*PI radians will pick only pixels on same row and
-PI/2 will pick only pixels on same column.
blur
If enabled, current pixel is compared with average value of all four surrounding pixels. The default is enabled. If disabled current
pixel is compared with all four surrounding pixels. The pixel is considered banded if only all four differences with surrounding pixels
are less than threshold.

9.31 decima

Drop duplicated frame

The filter accepts the f

cycle
Set the number of frames from which one will be dropped. Setting this to N means one frame in every batch of N frames will be
dropped. Default is 5.
Set the threshold for duplicate detection. If the difference metric for a frame is less than or equal to this value, then it is declared as
duplicate. Default is 1.1

Set scene change threshold. Default is 15.

Set the size of the x and y-axis blocks used during metric calculations. Larger blocks give better noise suppression, but also give
worse detection of small movements. Must be a power of two. Default is 32.
Mark main input as a pre-processed input and activate clean source input stream. This allows the input to be pre-processed with
various filters to help the metrics calculation while keeping the frame selection lossless. When set to 1, the first stream is for the
pre-processed input, and the second stream is the clean source from where the kept frames are chosen. Default is 0.
Set whether or not chroma is considered in the metric calculations. Default is 1.

Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535. If 0, plane will remain unchanged.

Specify the length of the window over which the judder repeats.
Accepts any integer greater than 1. Useful values are:
4
If the original was telecined from 24 to 30 fps (Film to NTSC).
5
If the original was telecined from 25 to 30 fps (PAL to NTSC).
20
If a mixture of the two.
The default is 4.

Specify the top left corner coordinates of the logo. They must be specified.

Specify the width and height of the logo to clear. They must be specified.
Specify the thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to w and h). The default value is 1. This option is deprecated,
setting higher values should no longer be necessary and is not recommended.
When set to 1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to simplify finding the right x, y, w, and h parameters. The default value is
0.
The rectangle is drawn on the outermost pixels which will be (partly) replaced with interpolated values. The values of the next
pixels immediately outside this rectangle in each direction will be used to compute the interpolated pixel values inside the
rectangle.

Set a rectangle covering the area with top left corner coordinates 0,0 and size 100x77, and a band of size 10:
delogo=x=0:y=0:w=100:h=77:band=10

Specify a rectangular area where to limit the search for motion vectors. If desired the search for motion vectors can be limited to a
rectangular area of the frame defined by its top left corner, width and height. These parameters have the same meaning as the
drawbox filter which can be used to visualise the position of the bounding box.
This is useful when simultaneous movement of subjects within the frame might be confused for camera motion by the motion
vector search.
If any or all of x, y, w and h are set to -1 then the full frame is used. This allows later options to be set without specifying the
bounding box for the motion vector search.
Default - search the whole frame.

Specify the maximum extent of movement in x and y directions in the range 0-64 pixels. Default 16.
Specify how to generate pixels to fill blanks at the edge of the frame. Available values are:
blank, 0
Fill zeroes at blank locations
original, 1
Original image at blank locations
clamp, 2
Extruded edge value at blank locations
mirror, 3
Mirrored edge at blank locations
Default value is mirror.
Specify the blocksize to use for motion search. Range 4-128 pixels, default 8.
Specify the contrast threshold for blocks. Only blocks with more than the specified contrast (difference between darkest and
lightest pixels) will be considered. Range 1-255, default 125.
Specify the search strategy. Available values are:
exhaustive, 0
Set exhaustive search
less, 1
Set less exhaustive search.
Default value is exhaustive.
If set then a detailed log of the motion search is written to the specified file.
If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if FFmpeg was configured with --enable-opencl. Default value is 0.

top, t
top field first
bottom, b
bottom field first The default value is top.
A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply. The default value is 23.
A number representing position of the first frame with respect to the telecine pattern. This is to be used if the stream is cut. The
default value is 0.

Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535. If 0, plane will remain unchanged.
Flag which specifies the pixel to refer to. Default is 255 i.e. all eight pixels are used.
Flags to local 3x3 coordinates maps like this:
12345678

Set displace behavior for pixels that are out of range.

Available values are:
blank
Missing pixels are replaced by black pixels.
smear
Adjacent pixels will spread out to replace missing pixels.
wrap
Out of range pixels are wrapped so they point to pixels of other side.
Default is smear.

Add ripple effect to rgb input of video size hd720:

ffmpeg

-i

INPUT

-f

lavfi

-i

nullsrc=s=hd720,lutrgb=128:128:128

-f

lavfi

-i

Add wave effect to rgb input of video size hd720:

ffmpeg -i INPUT -f lavfi -i nullsrc=hd720,geq='r=128+80*(sin(sqrt((X-W/2)*(X-W/2)+(Y-H/2)*(Y-H/2))/220*2*PI+T)):g=128+80*(sin(sqrt((X-

The expressions which specify the top left corner coordinates of the box. It defaults to 0.

The expressions which specify the width and height of the box; if 0 they are interpreted as the input width and height. It defaults to
0.
Specify the color of the box to write. For the general syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If
the special value invert is used, the box edge color is the same as the video with inverted luma.
The expression which sets the thickness of the box edge. Default value is 3.
See below for the list of accepted constants.

The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (w / h) * sar.

horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.

The input width and height.

The input sample aspect ratio.

The x and y offset coordinates where the box is drawn.

The width and height of the drawn box.

The thickness of the drawn box.
These constants allow the x, y, w, h and t expressions to refer to each other, so you may for example specify y=x/dar or h=w/dar.

Draw a black box around the edge of the input image:

drawbox

Draw a box with color red and an opacity of 50%:

drawbox=10:20:200:60:[email protected]

Fill the box with pink color:

drawbox=x=10:y=10:w=100:h=100:[email protected]:t=max

Draw a 2-pixel red 2.40:1 mask:

drawbox=x=-t:y=0.5*(ih-iw/2.4)-t:w=iw+t*2:h=iw/2.4+t*2:t=2:c=red

The expressions which specify the coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset). Both default to 0.

The expressions which specify the width and height of the grid cell, if 0 they are interpreted as the input width and height,
respectively, minus thickness, so image gets framed. Default to 0.
Specify the color of the grid. For the general syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the
special value invert is used, the grid color is the same as the video with inverted luma.
The expression which sets the thickness of the grid line. Default value is 1.
See below for the list of accepted constants.

The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (w / h) * sar.

horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.

The input grid cell width and height.

The input sample aspect ratio.

The x and y coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset).

The width and height of the drawn cell.

The thickness of the drawn cell.
These constants allow the x, y, w, h and t expressions to refer to each other, so you may for example specify y=x/dar or h=w/dar.

Draw a grid with cell 100x100 pixels, thickness 2 pixels, with color red and an opacity of 50%:
drawgrid=width=100:height=100:thickness=2:[email protected]

Draw a white 3x3 grid with an opacity of 50%:

drawgrid=w=iw/3:h=ih/3:t=2:[email protected]

Used to draw a box around text using the background color. The value must be either 1 (enable) or 0 (disable). The default value of
box is 0.
Set the width of the border to be drawn around the box using boxcolor. The default value of boxborderw is 0.
The color to be used for drawing box around text. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
The default value of boxcolor is "white".
Set the width of the border to be drawn around the text using bordercolor. The default value of borderw is 0.
Set the color to be used for drawing border around text. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual.
The default value of bordercolor is "black".
Select how the text is expanded. Can be either none, strftime (deprecated) or normal (default). See the Text expansion section below
for details.
If true, check and fix text coords to avoid clipping.
The color to be used for drawing fonts. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
The default value of fontcolor is "black".
String which is expanded the same way as text to obtain dynamic fontcolor value. By default this option has empty value and is not
processed. When this option is set, it overrides fontcolor option.
The font family to be used for drawing text. By default Sans.
The font file to be used for drawing text. The path must be included. This parameter is mandatory if the fontconfig support is
disabled.
This option does not exist, please see the timeline system
Draw the text applying alpha blending. The value can be a number between 0.0 and 1.0. The expression accepts the same
variables x, y as well. The default value is 1. Please see fontcolor_expr.
The font size to be used for drawing text. The default value of fontsize is 16.

If set to 1, attempt to shape the text (for example, reverse the order of right-to-left text and join Arabic characters) before drawing
it. Otherwise, just draw the text exactly as given. By default 1 (if supported).
The flags to be used for loading the fonts.
The flags map the corresponding flags supported by libfreetype, and are a combination of the following values:
default
no_scale
no_hinting
render
no_bitmap
vertical_layout
force_autohint
crop_bitmap
pedantic
ignore_global_advance_width
no_recurse
ignore_transform
monochrome
linear_design
no_autohint
Default value is "default".
For more information consult the documentation for the FT_LOAD_* libfreetype flags.
The color to be used for drawing a shadow behind the drawn text. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the
ffmpeg-utils manual.
The default value of shadowcolor is "black".

The x and y offsets for the text shadow position with respect to the position of the text. They can be either positive or negative
values. The default value for both is "0".
The starting frame number for the n/frame_num variable. The default value is "0".
The size in number of spaces to use for rendering the tab. Default value is 4.
Set the initial timecode representation in "hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff" format. It can be used with or without text parameter. timecode_rate
option must be specified.
Set the timecode frame rate (timecode only).
The text string to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of UTF-8 encoded characters. This parameter is mandatory if no file is
specified with the parameter textfile.
A text file containing text to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of UTF-8 encoded characters.
This parameter is mandatory if no text string is specified with the parameter text.
If both text and textfile are specified, an error is thrown.
If set to 1, the textfile will be reloaded before each frame. Be sure to update it atomically, or it may be read partially, or even fail.

The expressions which specify the offsets where text will be drawn within the video frame. They are relative to the top/left border of
the output image.
The default value of x and y is "0".
See below for the list of accepted constants and functions.

input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (w / h) * sar

horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.
the height of each text line
the input height
the input width
the maximum distance from the baseline to the highest/upper grid coordinate used to place a glyph outline point, for all the
rendered glyphs. It is a positive value, due to the grids orientation with the Y axis upwards.

the maximum distance from the baseline to the lowest grid coordinate used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered
glyphs. This is a negative value, due to the grids orientation, with the Y axis upwards.
maximum glyph height, that is the maximum height for all the glyphs contained in the rendered text, it is equivalent to ascent descent.
maximum glyph width, that is the maximum width for all the glyphs contained in the rendered text
the number of input frame, starting from 0
return a random number included between min and max
The input sample aspect ratio.
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
the height of the rendered text
the width of the rendered text

the x and y offset coordinates where the text is drawn.

These parameters allow the x and y expressions to refer each other, so you can for example specify y=x/dar.

be escaped.
of escaping; using a text file avoids these problems.

The expression evaluation result.

It must take one argument specifying the expression to be evaluated, which accepts the same constants and functions as the x and
y values. Note that not all constants should be used, for example the text size is not known when evaluating the expression, so the
constants text_w and text_h will have an undefined value.
Evaluate the expressions value and output as formatted integer.
The first argument is the expression to be evaluated, just as for the expr function. The second argument specifies the output
format. Allowed values are x, X, d and u. They are treated exactly as in the printf function. The third parameter is optional and
sets the number of positions taken by the output. It can be used to add padding with zeros from the left.
The time at which the filter is running, expressed in UTC. It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
The time at which the filter is running, expressed in the local time zone. It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
Frame metadata. Takes one or two arguments.
The first argument is mandatory and specifies the metadata key.
The second argument is optional and specifies a default value, used when the metadata key is not found or empty.
The frame number, starting from 0.
A 1 character description of the current picture type.
The timestamp of the current frame. It can take up to three arguments.
The first argument is the format of the timestamp; it defaults to flt for seconds as a decimal number with microsecond accuracy;
hms stands for a formatted [-]HH:MM:SS.mmm timestamp with millisecond accuracy. gmtime stands for the timestamp of the frame
formatted as UTC time; localtime stands for the timestamp of the frame formatted as local time zone time.
The second argument is an offset added to the timestamp.
If the format is set to localtime or gmtime, a third argument may be supplied: a strftime() format string. By default, YYYY-MM-DD
HH:MM:SS format will be used.

Draw "Test Text" with font FreeSerif, using the default values for the optional parameters.
drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text'"

Draw Test Text with font FreeSerif of size 24 at position x=100 and y=50 (counting from the top-left corner of the screen), text is

drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text':\

x=100: y=50: fontsize=24: [email protected]: box=1: [email protected]"

Show the text at the center of the video frame:

drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello world':x=(w-text_w)/2:y=(h-text_h)/2"

Show the text at a random position, switching to a new position every 30 seconds:
drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello

world':x=if(eq(mod(t\,30)\,0)\,rand(0\,(w-text_w))\,x):y=if(eq(mod(t\,30)\,0)\,rand(0\,

Show a text line sliding from right to left in the last row of the video frame. The file LONG_LINE is assumed to contain a single line

drawtext="fontsize=15:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=LONG_LINE:y=h-line_h:x=-50*t"

Show the content of file CREDITS off the bottom of the frame and scroll up.
drawtext="fontsize=20:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=CREDITS:y=h-20*t"

Draw a single green letter "g", at the center of the input video. The glyph baseline is placed at half screen height.
drawtext="fontsize=60:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=green:text=g:x=(w-max_glyph_w)/2:y=h/2-ascent"

Show text for 1 second every 3 seconds:

drawtext="fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=white:x=100:y=x/dar:enable=lt(mod(t\,3)\,1):text='blink'"

Use fontconfig to set the font. Note that the colons need to be escaped.
drawtext='fontfile=Linux Libertine O-40\:style=Semibold:text=FFmpeg'

Print the date of a real-time encoding (see strftime(3)):

drawtext='fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=%{localtime\:%a %b %d %Y}'

Show text fading in and out (appearing/disappearing):

#!/bin/sh
DS=1.0 # display start
DE=10.0 # display end
FID=1.5 # fade in duration
FOD=5 # fade out duration
ffplay -f lavfi "color,drawtext=text=TEST:fontsize=50:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor_expr=ff0000%{eif\\\\: clip(255*(1*between(t\\, $DS +

Set low and high threshold values used by the Canny thresholding algorithm.
The high threshold selects the "strong" edge pixels, which are then connected through 8-connectivity with the "weak" edge pixels
selected by the low threshold.
low and high threshold values must be chosen in the range [0,1], and low should be lesser or equal to high.
Default value for low is 20/255, and default value for high is 50/255.
Define the drawing mode.
wires
Draw white/gray wires on black background.
colormix
Mix the colors to create a paint/cartoon effect.
Default value is wires.

Standard edge detection with custom values for the hysteresis thresholding:
edgedetect=low=0.1:high=0.4

Painting effect without thresholding:

edgedetect=mode=colormix:high=0

Set the contrast expression. The value must be a float value in range -2.0 to 2.0. The default value is "1".
Set the brightness expression. The value must be a float value in range -1.0 to 1.0. The default value is "0".
Set the saturation expression. The value must be a float in range 0.0 to 3.0. The default value is "1".
Set the gamma expression. The value must be a float in range 0.1 to 10.0. The default value is "1".
Set the gamma expression for red. The value must be a float in range 0.1 to 10.0. The default value is "1".
Set the gamma expression for green. The value must be a float in range 0.1 to 10.0. The default value is "1".
Set the gamma expression for blue. The value must be a float in range 0.1 to 10.0. The default value is "1".
Set the gamma weight expression. It can be used to reduce the effect of a high gamma value on bright image areas, e.g. keep
them from getting overamplified and just plain white. The value must be a float in range 0.0 to 1.0. A value of 0.0 turns the gamma
correction all the way down while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength. Default is "1".
Set when the expressions for brightness, contrast, saturation and gamma expressions are evaluated.
It accepts the following values:
init
only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a command is processed
frame
evaluate expressions for each incoming frame
Default value is init.

frame count of the input frame starting from 0

byte position of the corresponding packet in the input file, NAN if unspecified
frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown

Set the contrast expression.

Set the brightness expression.
Set the saturation expression.
Set the gamma expression.
Set the gamma_r expression.
Set gamma_g expression.
Set gamma_b expression.
Set gamma_weight expression.
The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535. If 0, plane will remain unchanged.
Flag which specifies the pixel to refer to. Default is 255 i.e. all eight pixels are used.
Flags to local 3x3 coordinates maps like this:
12345678

Set plane(s) to extract.

Available values for planes are:
y
u
v
a
r
g
b
Choosing planes not available in the input will result in an error. That means you cannot select r, g, b planes with y, u, v planes at
same time.

Extract luma, u and v color channel component from input video frame into 3 grayscale outputs:
ffmpeg -i video.avi -filter_complex 'extractplanes=y+u+v[y][u][v]' -map '[y]' y.avi -map '[u]' u.avi -map '[v]' v.avi

t is the number of distinct output colors.

Set codebook length. The value must be a positive integer, and represents the number of distinct output colors. Default value is
256.
Set the maximum number of iterations to apply for computing the optimal mapping. The higher the value the better the result and
the higher the computation time. Default value is 1.
Set a random seed, must be an integer included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set to -1, the filter will
try to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.
Set pal8 output pixel format. This option does not work with codebook length greater than 256.

The effect type can be either "in" for a fade-in, or "out" for a fade-out effect. Default is in.
Specify the number of the frame to start applying the fade effect at. Default is 0.
The number of frames that the fade effect lasts. At the end of the fade-in effect, the output video will have the same intensity as
the input video. At the end of the fade-out transition, the output video will be filled with the selected color. Default is 25.
If set to 1, fade only alpha channel, if one exists on the input. Default value is 0.
Specify the timestamp (in seconds) of the frame to start to apply the fade effect. If both start_frame and start_time are specified,
the fade will start at whichever comes last. Default is 0.
The number of seconds for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the fade-in effect the output video will have the same
intensity as the input video, at the end of the fade-out transition the output video will be filled with the selected color. If both
duration and nb_frames are specified, duration is used. Default is 0 (nb_frames is used by default).
Specify the color of the fade. Default is "black".

Fade in the first 30 frames of video:

fade=in:0:30

Fade out the last 45 frames of a 200-frame video:

fade=out:155:45
fade=type=out:start_frame=155:nb_frames=45

Fade in the first 25 frames and fade out the last 25 frames of a 1000-frame video:
fade=in:0:25, fade=out:975:25

Make the first 5 frames yellow, then fade in from frame 5-24:
fade=in:5:20:color=yellow

Fade in alpha over first 25 frames of video:

fade=in:0:25:alpha=1

Make the first 5.5 seconds black, then fade in for 0.5 seconds:
fade=t=in:st=5.5:d=0.5

Adjust the dc value (gain) of the luma plane of the image. The filter accepts an integer value in range 0 to 1000. The default value is
set to 0.
Adjust the dc value (gain) of the 1st chroma plane of the image. The filter accepts an integer value in range 0 to 1000. The default
value is set to 0.
Adjust the dc value (gain) of the 2nd chroma plane of the image. The filter accepts an integer value in range 0 to 1000. The default
value is set to 0.
Set the frequency domain weight expression for the luma plane.
Set the frequency domain weight expression for the 1st chroma plane.
Set the frequency domain weight expression for the 2nd chroma plane.
The filter accepts the following variables:

The coordinates of the current sample.

The width and height of the image.

High-pass:
fftfilt=dc_Y=128:weight_Y='squish(1-(Y+X)/100)'

Low-pass:
fftfilt=dc_Y=0:weight_Y='squish((Y+X)/100-1)'

Sharpen:
fftfilt=dc_Y=0:weight_Y='1+squish(1-(Y+X)/100)'

Blur:
fftfilt=dc_Y=0:weight_Y='exp(-4 * ((Y+X)/(W+H)))'

avoid wasting CPU time. The output frames are marked as non-interlaced.

Specify whether to extract the top (if the value is 0 or top) or the bottom field (if the value is 1 or bottom).

nding frames supplied as numbers by the hint file.

Set file containing hints: absolute/relative frame numbers.
There must be one line for each frame in a clip. Each line must contain two numbers separated by the comma, optionally followed
by - or +. Numbers supplied on each line of file can not be out of [N-1,N+1] where N is current frame number for absolute mode or
out of [-1, 1] range for relative mode. First number tells from which frame to pick up top field and second number tells from which
frame to pick up bottom field.
If optionally followed by + output frame will be marked as interlaced, else if followed by - output frame will be marked as
progressive, else it will be marked same as input frame. If line starts with # or ; that line is skipped.
Can be item absolute or relative. Default is absolute.

bottom field

tom field

truct the progressive frames from a telecined stream. The filter does not drop duplicated frames, so to achieve a complete inverse telecine fieldmatch needs to be
ph.
ably motivated by the possibility of inserting a de-interlacing filter fallback between the two. If the source has mixed telecined and real interlaced content, fieldmatch
se remaining combed frames will be marked as interlaced, and thus can be de-interlaced by a later filter such as yadif before decimation.
take an optional second stream, activated through the ppsrc option. If enabled, the frames reconstruction will be based on the fields and frames from this second
er to help the various algorithms of the filter, while keeping the output lossless (assuming the fields are matched properly). Typically, a field-aware denoiser, or

AviSynth project) and VIVTC/VFM (VapourSynth project). The later is a light clone of TFM from which fieldmatch is based on. While the semantic and usage are very

e input. If your input has mixed telecined (30fps) and progressive content with a lower framerate like 24fps use the following filterchain to produce the necessary cfr

Specify the assumed field order of the input stream. Available values are:
auto
Auto detect parity (use FFmpegs internal parity value).
bff
Assume bottom field first.
tff
Assume top field first.
Note that it is sometimes recommended not to trust the parity announced by the stream.
Default value is auto.
Set the matching mode or strategy to use. pc mode is the safest in the sense that it wont risk creating jerkiness due to duplicate
frames when possible, but if there are bad edits or blended fields it will end up outputting combed frames when a good match
might actually exist. On the other hand, pcn_ub mode is the most risky in terms of creating jerkiness, but will almost always find a
good frame if there is one. The other values are all somewhere in between pc and pcn_ub in terms of risking jerkiness and creating
duplicate frames versus finding good matches in sections with bad edits, orphaned fields, blended fields, etc.
More details about p/c/n/u/b are available in p/c/n/u/b meaning section.
Available values are:
pc
2-way matching (p/c)
pc_n
2-way matching, and trying 3rd match if still combed (p/c + n)
pc_u
2-way matching, and trying 3rd match (same order) if still combed (p/c + u)
pc_n_ub
2-way matching, trying 3rd match if still combed, and trying 4th/5th matches if still combed (p/c + n + u/b)
pcn
3-way matching (p/c/n)
pcn_ub
3-way matching, and trying 4th/5th matches if all 3 of the original matches are detected as combed (p/c/n + u/b)
The parenthesis at the end indicate the matches that would be used for that mode assuming order=tf (and field
on auto or top).
In terms of speed pc mode is by far the fastest and pcn_ub is the slowest.
Default value is pc_n.

meaning

Mark the main input stream as a pre-processed input, and enable the secondary input stream as the clean source to pick the fields
from. See the filter introduction for more details. It is similar to the clip2 feature from VFM/TFM.
Default value is 0 (disabled).
Set the field to match from. It is recommended to set this to the same value as order unless you experience matching failures with
that setting. In certain circumstances changing the field that is used to match from can have a large impact on matching
performance. Available values are:
auto
Automatic (same value as order).
bottom
Match from the bottom field.
top
Match from the top field.
Default value is auto.
Set whether or not chroma is included during the match comparisons. In most cases it is recommended to leave this enabled. You
should set this to 0 only if your clip has bad chroma problems such as heavy rainbowing or other artifacts. Setting this to 0 could
also be used to speed things up at the cost of some accuracy.
Default value is 1.
These define an exclusion band which excludes the lines between y0 and y1 from being included in the field matching decision. An
exclusion band can be used to ignore subtitles, a logo, or other things that may interfere with the matching. y0 sets the starting
scan line and y1 sets the ending line; all lines in between y0 and y1 (including y0 and y1) will be ignored. Setting y0 and y1 to the
same value will disable the feature. y0 and y1 defaults to 0.
Set the scene change detection threshold as a percentage of maximum change on the luma plane. Good values are in the [8.0,
14.0] range. Scene change detection is only relevant in case combmatch=sc. The range for scthresh is [0.0, 100.0].
Default value is 12.0.
When combatch is not none, fieldmatch will take into account the combed scores of matches when deciding what match to use as
the final match. Available values are:
none
No final matching based on combed scores.
sc
Combed scores are only used when a scene change is detected.
full
Use combed scores all the time.
Default is sc.
Force fieldmatch to calculate the combed metrics for certain matches and print them. This setting is known as micout in TFM/VFM
vocabulary. Available values are:
none
No forced calculation.
pcn
Force p/c/n calculations.
pcnub
Force p/c/n/u/b calculations.
Default value is none.
This is the area combing threshold used for combed frame detection. This essentially controls how "strong" or "visible" combing
must be to be detected. Larger values mean combing must be more visible and smaller values mean combing can be less visible or
strong and still be detected. Valid settings are from -1 (every pixel will be detected as combed) to 255 (no pixel will be detected as
combed). This is basically a pixel difference value. A good range is [8, 12].
Default value is 9.
Sets whether or not chroma is considered in the combed frame decision. Only disable this if your source has chroma problems
(rainbowing, etc.) that are causing problems for the combed frame detection with chroma enabled. Actually, using chroma=0 is
usually more reliable, except for the case where there is chroma only combing in the source.
Default value is 0.
Respectively set the x-axis and y-axis size of the window used during combed frame detection. This has to do with the size of the
area in which combpel pixels are required to be detected as combed for a frame to be declared combed. See the combpel
parameter description for more info. Possible values are any number that is a power of 2 starting at 4 and going up to 512.
Default value is 16.
The number of combed pixels inside any of the blocky by blockx size blocks on the frame for the frame to be detected as combed.
While cthresh controls how "visible" the combing must be, this setting controls "how much" combing there must be in any localized
area (a window defined by the blockx and blocky settings) on the frame. Minimum value is 0 and maximum is blocky x blockx (at
which point no frames will ever be detected as combed). This setting is known as MI in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
Default value is 80.

elecined stream:

o the progressive frame the fields relate to. Here, the first two frames are progressive, the 3rd and 4th are combed, and so on.

red to run a matching from bottom (field=bottom) this is how this input stream get transformed:

matching reference

atching, we can see that some frames get duplicated. To perform a complete inverse telecine, you need to rely on a decimation filter after this operation. See for
er.

matching from top fields (field=top) looks like this:

matching reference

n see what p, c and n mean; basically, they refer to the frame and field of the opposite parity:
p matches the field of the opposite parity in the previous frame
c matches the field of the opposite parity in the current frame
n matches the field of the opposite parity in the next frame

a bit special in the sense that they match from the opposite parity flag. In the following examples, we assume that we are currently matching the 2nd frame (Top:2,
e match, a x is placed above and below each matched fields.

ld=bottom):
n

x
122

x
122

123

122

123

top):
n

123

122

122

123

122

123

123

first telecined stream:

match=none, decimate

ack on yadif for still combed frames:

match=full, yadif=deint=interlaced, decimate

er

of the input video.

rameters:
The output field order. Valid values are tf for top field first or bf for bottom field first.

done by shifting the picture content up or down by one line, and filling the remaining line with appropriate picture content. This method is consistent with most
onverters.
flagged as being interlaced, or it is already flagged as being of the required output field order, then this filter does not alter the incoming video.

onverting to or from PAL DV material, which is bottom field first.

order=bff" out.dv

fo

d send them when they are requested.

n auto-inserted by the libavfilter framework.

eters.

ct

ct
options:
Filepath of the object image, needs to be in gray8.
Detection threshold, default is 0.5.
Number of mipmaps, default is 3.

xmax, ymax
Specifies the rectangle in which to search.

xamples

over_rect

Generate a representative palette of a given video using ffmpeg:

ffmpeg -i file.ts -vf find_rect=newref.pgm,cover_rect=cover.jpg:mode=cover new.mkv

tangular object

he following options:
Filepath of the optional cover image, needs to be in yuv420.
Set covering mode.
It accepts the following values:
cover
cover it by the supplied image
blur
cover it by interpolating the surrounding pixels
Default value is blur.

5.1 Examples

Generate a representative palette of a given video using ffmpeg:

ffmpeg -i file.ts -vf find_rect=newref.pgm,cover_rect=cover.jpg:mode=cover new.mkv

6 format

rt the input video to one of the specified pixel formats. Libavfilter will try to pick one that is suitable as input to the next filter.

epts the following parameters:

mts
A |-separated list of pixel format names, such as "pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".

56.1 Examples

Convert the input video to the yuv420p format

format=pix_fmts=yuv420p

Convert the input video to any of the formats in the list

format=pix_fmts=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p

.57 fps

nvert the video to specified constant frame rate by duplicating or dropping frames as necessary.

ccepts the following parameters:

s
The desired output frame rate. The default is 25.

round
Rounding method.
Possible values are:
zero
zero round towards 0
inf
round away from 0
down
round towards -infinity
up
round towards +infinity
near
round to nearest
The default is near.
start_time
Assume the first PTS should be the given value, in seconds. This allows for padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no
assumption is made about the first frames expected PTS, so no padding or trimming is done. For example, this could be set to 0 to
pad the beginning with duplicates of the first frame if a video stream starts after the audio stream or to trim any frames with a
negative PTS.
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string: fps[:round].
See also the setpts filter.

9.57.1 Examples

A typical usage in order to set the fps to 25:

fps=fps=25

Sets the fps to 24, using abbreviation and rounding method to round to nearest:

fps=fps=film:round=near

9.58 framepack
Pack two different video streams into a stereoscopic video, setting proper metadata on supported codecs. The two views should have the same size and
framerate and processing will stop when the shorter video ends. Please note that you may conveniently adjust view properties with the scale and fps filters.
It accepts the following parameters:
format
The desired packing format. Supported values are:
sbs
The views are next to each other (default).
tab
The views are on top of each other.
lines
The views are packed by line.
columns
The views are packed by column.
frameseq
The views are temporally interleaved.
Some examples:
# Convert left and right views into a frame-sequential video
ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex framepack=frameseq OUTPUT

# Convert views into a side-by-side video with the same output resolution as the input
ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex [0:v]scale=w=iw/2[left],[1:v]scale=w=iw/2[right],[left][right]framepack=sbs OUTPUT

9.59 framerate
Change the frame rate by interpolating new video output frames from the source frames.
This filter is not designed to function correctly with interlaced media. If you wish to change the frame rate of interlaced media then you are required to
deinterlace before this filter and re-interlace after this filter.
A description of the accepted options follows.
fps
Specify the output frames per second. This option can also be specified as a value alone. The default is 50.
interp_start
Specify the start of a range where the output frame will be created as a linear interpolation of two frames. The range is [ 0-255], the
default is 15.
interp_end
Specify the end of a range where the output frame will be created as a linear interpolation of two frames. The range is [ 0-255], the
default is 240.
scene
Specify the level at which a scene change is detected as a value between 0 and 100 to indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a
low probability for the current frame to introduce a new scene, while a higher value means the current frame is more likely to be
one. The default is 7.
flags
Specify flags influencing the filter process.
Available value for flags is:
scene_change_detect, scd
Enable scene change detection using the value of the option scene. This flag is enabled by default.

9.60 framestep
Select one frame every N-th frame.
This filter accepts the following option:
step

Select frame after every step frames. Allowed values are positive integers higher than 0. Default value is 1.

9.61 frei0r
Apply a frei0r effect to the input video.
To enable the compilation of this filter, you need to install the frei0r header and configure FFmpeg with --enable-frei0r.
It accepts the following parameters:
filter_name
The name of the frei0r effect to load. If the environment variable FREI0R_PATH is defined, the frei0r effect is searched for in each of
the directories specified by the colon-separated list in FREIOR_PATH. Otherwise, the standard frei0r paths are searched, in this order:
HOME/.frei0r-1/lib/, /usr/local/lib/frei0r-1/, /usr/lib/frei0r-1/.
filter_params
A |-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r effect.
A frei0r effect parameter can be a boolean (its value is either "y" or "n"), a double, a color (specified as R/G/B, where R, G, and B are
floating point numbers between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive) or by a color description specified in the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual), a position (specified as X/Y, where X and Y are floating point numbers) and/or a string.
The number and types of parameters depend on the loaded effect. If an effect parameter is not specified, the default value is set.

9.61.1 Examples

Apply the distort0r effect, setting the first two double parameters:

frei0r=filter_name=distort0r:filter_params=0.5|0.01

Apply the colordistance effect, taking a color as the first parameter:

frei0r=colordistance:0.2/0.3/0.4

frei0r=colordistance:violet

frei0r=colordistance:0x112233

Apply the perspective effect, specifying the top left and top right image positions:

frei0r=perspective:0.2/0.2|0.8/0.2

For more information, see http://frei0r.dyne.org

9.62 fspp
Apply fast and simple postprocessing. It is a faster version of spp.
It splits (I)DCT into horizontal/vertical passes. Unlike the simple post- processing filter, one of them is performed once per block, not
per pixel. This allows for much higher speed.
The filter accepts the following options:
quality
Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts an integer in the range 4-5. Default value is 4.
qp
Force a constant quantization parameter. It accepts an integer in range 0-63. If not set, the filter will use the QP from the video
stream (if available).
strength
Set filter strength. It accepts an integer in range -15 to 32. Lower values mean more details but also more artifacts, while higher
values make the image smoother but also blurrier. Default value is 0 PSNR optimal.
use_bframe_qp
Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to 1. Using this option may cause flicker since the B-Frames have often larger QP.
Default is 0 (not enabled).

9.63 gblur
Apply Gaussian blur filter.
The filter accepts the following options:
sigma
Set horizontal sigma, standard deviation of Gaussian blur. Default is 0.5.
steps
Set number of steps for Gaussian approximation. Defauls is 1.
planes
Set which planes to filter. By default all planes are filtered.
sigmaV
Set vertical sigma, if negative it will be same as sigma. Default is -1.

9.64 geq
The filter accepts the following options:
lum_expr, lum
Set the luminance expression.
cb_expr, cb
Set the chrominance blue expression.
cr_expr, cr
Set the chrominance red expression.
alpha_expr, a
Set the alpha expression.
red_expr, r
Set the red expression.
green_expr, g
Set the green expression.
blue_expr, b
Set the blue expression.
The colorspace is selected according to the specified options. If one of the lum_expr,
cb_expr, or cr_expr options is specified, the filter will automatically select a YCbCr
colorspace. If one of the red_expr, green_expr, or blue_expr options is specified, it will
select an RGB colorspace.
If one of the chrominance expression is not defined, it falls back on the other one. If no
alpha expression is specified it will evaluate to opaque value. If none of chrominance
expressions are specified, they will evaluate to the luminance expression.
The expressions can use the following variables and functions:
N
The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from 0.
X
Y
The coordinates of the current sample.
W
H
The width and height of the image.
SW
SH
Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of
pixels and the current plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are 1,1 for the luma plane, and 0.5,0.5 for chroma planes.
T
Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
p(x, y)
Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the current plane.
lum(x, y)
Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the luminance plane.
cb(x, y)
Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the blue-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
cr(x, y)
Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the red-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
r(x, y)
g(x, y)
b(x, y)
Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the red/green/blue component. Return 0 if there is no such component.
alpha(x, y)
Return the value of the pixel at location (x,y) of the alpha plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
For functions, if x and y are outside the area, the value will
be automatically clipped to the closer edge.

9.64.1 Examples

Flip the image horizontally:

geq=p(W-X\,Y)

Generate a bidimensional sine wave, with angle

PI/3 and a wavelength of 100 pixels:
geq=128 + 100*sin(2*(PI/100)*(cos(PI/3)*(X-50*T) +
sin(PI/3)*Y)):128:128

Generate a fancy enigmatic moving light:

nullsrc=s=256x256,geq=random(1)/hypot(Xcos(N*0.07)*W/2-W/2\,Y-sin(N*0.09)*H/2H/2)^2*1000000*sin(N*0.02):128:128

Generate a quick emboss effect:

format=gray,geq=lum_expr='(p(X,Y)+(256-p(X-4,Y4)))/2'

Modify RGB components depending on pixel

position:
geq=r='X/W*r(X,Y)':g='(1-X/W)*g(X,Y)':b='(HY)/H*b(X,Y)'

Create a radial gradient that is the same size as

the input (also see the vignette filter):
geq=lum=255*gauss((X/W-0.5)*3)*gauss((Y/H0.5)*3)/gauss(0)/gauss(0),format=gray

9.65 gradfun
Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced
into nearly flat regions by truncation to 8-bit color depth.
Interpolate the gradients that should go where the bands
are, and dither them.
It is designed for playback only. Do not use it prior to lossy
compression, because compression tends to lose the dither
and bring back the bands.
It accepts the following parameters:
strength
The maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. This is also the threshold for detecting nearly flat regions.
Acceptable values range from .51 to 64; the default value is 1.2. Out-of-range values will be clipped to the valid range.
radius
The neighborhood to fit the gradient to. A larger radius makes for smoother gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying
the pixels near detailed regions. Acceptable values are 8-32; the default value is 16. Out-of-range values will be clipped to the valid
range.
Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat
string: strength[:radius]

9.65.1 Examples

Apply the filter with a 3.5 strength and

radius of 8:
gradfun=3.5:8

Specify radius, omitting the strength

(which will fall-back to the default value):
gradfun=radius=8

9.66 haldclut
Apply a Hald CLUT to a video stream.
First input is the video stream to process, and second
one is the Hald CLUT. The Hald CLUT input can be a
simple picture or a complete video stream.
The filter accepts the following options:
shortest
Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is 0.
repeatlast
Continue applying the last CLUT after the end of the stream. A value of 0 disable the filter after the last frame of the CLUT is
reached. Default is 1.
haldclut also has the same interpolation options
as lut3d (both filters share the same internals).

More information about the Hald CLUT can be

found on Eskil Steenbergs website (Hald CLUT
author)
at
http://www.quelsolaar.com/technology/clut.html.

9.66.1 Workflow examples

9.66.1.1 Hald CLUT video stream
Generate an identity Hald CLUT stream altered
with various effects:
ffmpeg
-f
lavfi
-i
haldclutsrc=8
"hue=H=2*PI*t:s=sin(2*PI*t)+1,
curves=cross_process" -t 10 -c:v ffv1 clut.nut

-vf

Note: make sure you use a lossless codec.

Then use it with haldclut to apply it on some
random stream:
ffmpeg
-f
lavfi
-i
mandelbrot
-i
clut.nut
-filter_complex
'[0][1]
haldclut'
-t
20
mandelclut.mkv

The Hald CLUT will be applied to the 10 first

seconds (duration of clut.nut), then the latest
picture of that CLUT stream will be applied to
the remaining frames of the mandelbrot stream.

9.66.1.2 Hald CLUT with preview

A Hald CLUT is supposed to be a squared image
of Level*Level*Level by Level*Level*Level pixels.
For a given Hald CLUT, FFmpeg will select the
biggest possible square starting at the top left
of the picture. The remaining padding pixels
(bottom or right) will be ignored. This area can
be used to add a preview of the Hald CLUT.
Typically, the following generated Hald CLUT will
be supported by the haldclut filter:
ffmpeg -f lavfi -i haldclutsrc=8 -vf "
pad=iw+320 [padded_clut];
smptebars=s=320x256, split [a][b];
[padded_clut][a]
curves=color_negative [main];

overlay=W-320:h,

[main][b] overlay=W-320" -frames:v 1 clut.png

It contains the original and a preview of the

effect of the CLUT: SMPTE color bars are
displayed on the right-top, and below the same
color bars processed by the color changes.
Then, the effect of this Hald CLUT can be
visualized with:
ffplay input.mkv -vf "movie=clut.png, [in] haldclut"

9.67 hflip
Flip the input video horizontally.
For example, to horizontally flip the input video
with ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "hflip" out.avi

9.68 histeq
This filter applies a global color histogram
equalization on a per-frame basis.
It can be used to correct video that has a
compressed range of pixel intensities. The filter
redistributes the pixel intensities to equalize
their distribution across the intensity range. It

may be viewed as an "automatically adjusting

contrast filter". This filter is useful only for
correcting degraded or poorly captured source
video.
The filter accepts the following options:
strength
Determine the amount of equalization to be applied. As the strength is reduced, the distribution of pixel intensities more-and-more
approaches that of the input frame. The value must be a float number in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.200.
intensity
Set the maximum intensity that can generated and scale the output values appropriately. The strength should be set as desired and
then the intensity can be limited if needed to avoid washing-out. The value must be a float number in the range [0,1] and defaults
to 0.210.
antibanding
Set the antibanding level. If enabled the filter will randomly vary the luminance of output pixels by a small amount to avoid banding
of the histogram. Possible values are none, weak or strong. It defaults to none.

9.69 histogram
Compute and draw a color distribution
histogram for the input video.
The
computed
histogram
is
a
representation of the color component
distribution in an image.
Standard histogram displays the color
components distribution in an image.
Displays color graph for each color
component. Shows distribution of the Y,
U, V, A or R, G, B components,
depending on input format, in the
current frame. Below each graph a
color component scale meter is shown.
The filter accepts the following options:
level_height
Set height of level. Default value is 200. Allowed range is [50, 2048].
scale_height
Set height of color scale. Default value is 12. Allowed range is [0, 40].
display_mode
Set display mode. It accepts the following values:
parade
Per color component graphs are placed below each other.
overlay
Presents information identical to that in the parade, except that the graphs representing color components are superimposed
directly over one another.
Default is parade.
levels_mode
Set mode. Can be either linear, or logarithmic. Default is linear.
components
Set what color components to display. Default is 7.
fgopacity
Set foreground opacity. Default is 0.7.
bgopacity
Set background opacity. Default is 0.5.

9.69.1
Examples

Calculat
e
and
draw
histogra
m:
ffplay -i
input -vf
histogra
m

9.70
hqdn3d
This is a high
precision/quality 3d

denoise filter. It
aims
to
reduce
image
noise,
producing smooth
images and making
still images really
still.
It
should
enhance
compressibility.
It
accepts
the
following optional
parameters:
luma_spatial
A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial luma strength. It defaults to 4.0.
chroma_spatial
A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial chroma strength. It defaults to 3.0*luma_spatial/4.0.
luma_tmp
A floating point number which specifies luma temporal strength. It defaults to 6.0*luma_spatial/4.0.
chroma_t
mp
A floating point number which specifies chroma temporal strength. It defaults to luma_tmp*chroma_spatial/luma_spatial.

9.71
hwu
ploa
d_cu
da
Upload
system
memory
frames
to
a
CUDA
device.
It
accepts
the
followin
g
optional
paramet
ers:
device
The number of the CUDA device to use

9.
72
hq
x
Apply
a
highqualit
y
mag
nifica
tion
filter
desig
ned
for
pixel
art.
This
filter
was
origi
nally
creat
ed by

Maxi
m
Stepi
n.
It
acce
pts
the
follo
wing
optio
n:
n
Set the scaling dimension: 2 for hq2x, 3 for hq3x and 4 for hq4x. Default is 3.

9
.
7
3
h
s
t
a
c
k
St
ac
k
in
pu
t
vi
de
os
ho
riz
on
tal
ly.
All
str
ea
m
s
m
us
t
be
of
sa
m
e
pi
xe
l
for
m
at
an
d
of
sa
m
e
he
ig
ht.
No
te
th
at
thi
s
filt

er
is
fa
st
er
th
an
us
in
g
ov
erl
ay
an
d
pa
d
filt
er
to
cr
ea
te
sa
m
e
ou
tp
ut.
Th
e
filt
er
ac
ce
pt
th
e
fol
lo
wi
ng
op
tio
n:
in
p
ut
s
Set number of input streams. Default is 2.
s
h
o
r
t
e
s
t
If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input terminates. Default value is 0.

9.
7
4
h
u
e
Mo
dif
y
the
hu
e
an
d/o
r
the
sat

ura
tio
n
of
the
inp
ut.
It
acc
ept
s
the
foll
owi
ng
par
am
ete
rs:
h
Specify the hue angle as a number of degrees. It accepts an expression, and defaults to "0".
s
Specify the saturation in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and defaults to "1".
H
Specify the hue angle as a number of radians. It accepts an expression, and defaults to "0".
b
Specify the brightness in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and defaults to "0".
h and H are
mutually
exclusive, and
cant
be
specified
at
the same time.
The b, h, H
and s option
values
are
expressions
containing the
following
constants:
n
frame count of the input frame starting from 0
pts
presentation timestamp of the input frame expressed in time base units
r
frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
t
timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
tb
time base of the input video

9.74.1 Example

Set the hue to

and the saturatio
hue=h=90:s=1

Same
comm
expressing
the
radians:
hue=H=PI/2:s=1

Rotate hue and

saturation swing
and 2 over a p
second:
hue="H=2*PI*t:
+1"

Apply a 3 second
fade-in effect sta

hue="s=min(t/3\,1

The general fade-in e

written as:

hue="s=min(0\, max((t1))"

Apply a 3 second
fade-out effect s
seconds:
hue="s=max(0\,
t)/3))"

The general fade-out e

written as:

hue="s=max(0\,
(START+DURATION-t)/DU

9.74.2 Comman

This filter supports

following commands:
b
s
h
H
Modify the hue and/or the saturation and/or brightness of the input video. The command accepts the same syntax of the
corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

9.75 hystere

Grow first stream int

stream
by
co
components. This a
build more robust edge

This filter accepts the

options:
planes
Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be copied from first stream. By default value 0xf, all planes
will be processed.
threshold
Set threshold which is used in filtering. If pixel component value is higher than this value filter algorithm for connecting components
is activated. By default value is 0.

9.76 idet

Detect video interlacin

This filter tries to dete

frames are interlaced
top or bottom field firs
to detect fields that
between adjacent fram
telecine).

Single frame detection

immediately adjacent
classifying each fra
frame detection inc
classification history
frames.

The filter will log th

values:

single.current_frame
Detected type of current frame using single-frame detection. One of: tff (top field first), bff (bottom field first), progressive, or
undetermined

single.tff
Cumulative number of frames detected as top field first using single-frame detection.
multiple.tff
Cumulative number of frames detected as top field first using multiple-frame detection.
single.bff
Cumulative number of frames detected as bottom field first using single-frame detection.

multiple.current_fra
Detected type of current frame using multiple-frame detection. One of: tff (top field first), bff (bottom field first), progressive,
or undetermined
multiple.bff
Cumulative number of frames detected as bottom field first using multiple-frame detection.
single.progressive
Cumulative number of frames detected as progressive using single-frame detection.

multiple.progressive
Cumulative number of frames detected as progressive using multiple-frame detection.

single.undetermined
Cumulative number of frames that could not be classified using single-frame detection.

multiple.undetermin
Cumulative number of frames that could not be classified using multiple-frame detection.

repeated.current_fra
Which field in the current frame is repeated from the last. One of neither, top, or bottom.
repeated.neither
Cumulative number of frames with no repeated field.
repeated.top
Cumulative number of frames with the top field repeated from the previous frames top field.
repeated.bottom
Cumulative number of frames with the bottom field repeated from the previous frames bottom field.

The filter accepts the f

intl_thres
Set interlacing threshold.
prog_thres
Set progressive threshold.
rep_thres
Threshold for repeated field detection.
half_life
Number of frames after which a given frames contribution to the statistics is halved (i.e., it contributes only 0.5 to its
classification). The default of 0 means that all frames seen are given full weight of 1.0 forever.

analyze_interlaced_fl
When this is not 0 then idet will use the specified number of frames to determine if the interlaced flag is accurate, it will not count
undetermined frames. If the flag is found to be accurate it will be used without any further computations, if it is found to be
inaccurate it will be cleared without any further computations. This allows inserting the idet filter as a low computational method to
clean up the interlaced flag

9.77 il

Deinterleave or interle

This filter allows one

Deinterleaving splits t
moved to the top half
(filter) them independe

The filter accepts the f

luma_mode, l
chroma_mode, c
alpha_mode, a
Available values for luma_mode, chroma_mode and alpha_mode are:
none
Do nothing.
deinterleave, d
Deinterleave fields, placing one above the other.
interleave, i
Interleave fields. Reverse the effect of deinterleaving.
Default value is none.
luma_swap, ls
chroma_swap, cs
alpha_swap, as
Swap luma/chroma/alpha fields. Exchange even & odd lines. Default value is 0.

9.78 inflate

Apply inflate effect to t

This filter replaces the

than the pixel.

It accepts the following

threshold0
threshold1
threshold2
threshold3
Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535. If 0, plane will remain unchanged.

9.79 interlac

Simple interlacing filte

frames with lower (or
height.
Original

Original

Frame 'j'

Frame 'j+1

==========

==

Line 0 -------------------->
Line 1

Line 1 ---

Line 2 --------------------Line 3
...

Line 3 --...

New Frame + 1 will be g

It accepts the following

scan
This determines whether the interlaced frame is taken from the even (tff - default) or odd (bff) lines of the progressive frame.
lowpass
Enable (default) or disable the vertical lowpass filter to avoid twitter interlacing and reduce moire patterns.

9.80 kernde

Deinterlace input video

a video to produce pro
The description of the
thresh
Set the threshold which affects the filters tolerance when determining if a pixel line must be processed. It must be an integer in the
range [0,255] and defaults to 10. A value of 0 will result in applying the process on every pixels.
map
Paint pixels exceeding the threshold value to white if set to 1. Default is 0.
order
Set the fields order. Swap fields if set to 1, leave fields alone if 0. Default is 0.
sharp
Enable additional sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
twoway
Enable twoway sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.

9.80.1 Example

Apply default valu

kerndeint=thresh=

Enable additional

kerndeint=sharp=

Paint processed p

kerndeint=map=1

9.81 lenscor

Correct radial lens dist

This filter can be used

rectify the image. To fi
and-error. To use open
and k2 coefficients from

Note that effectively th

In contrast to the vign

the image, whereas vig
cases, though you wil
correction.

9.81.1 Options

The filter accepts the f

cx
Relative x-coordinate of the focal point of the image, and thereby the center of the distortion. This value has a range [0,1] and is
expressed as fractions of the image width.
cy
Relative y-coordinate of the focal point of the image, and thereby the center of the distortion. This value has a range [0,1] and is
expressed as fractions of the image height.
k1
Coefficient of the quadratic correction term. 0.5 means no correction.
k2
Coefficient of the double quadratic correction term. 0.5 means no correction.

The formula that gener

r_src = r_tgt * (1 + k1

where r_0 is halve of th

respectively.

9.82 loop
Loop video frames.

The filter accepts the f

loop
Set the number of loops.
size
Set maximal size in number of frames.
start
Set first frame of loop.

9.83 lut3d

Apply a 3D LUT to an in

The filter accepts the f

file
Set the 3D LUT file name.
Currently supported formats:
3dl
AfterEffects
cube
Iridas
dat
DaVinci
m3d
Pandora
interp
Select interpolation mode.
Available values are:
nearest
Use values from the nearest defined point.
trilinear

Interpolate values using the 8 points defining a cube.

tetrahedral
Interpolate values using a tetrahedron.

9.84 lut, lutr

Compute a look-up tab

lutyuv applies a lookup

These filters accept the

c0
set first pixel component expression
c1
set second pixel component expression
c2
set third pixel component expression
c3
set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha component
r
set red component expression
g
set green component expression
b
set blue component expression
a
alpha component expression
y
set Y/luminance component expression
u
set U/Cb component expression
v
set V/Cr component expression

Each of them specifies

The exact component a

The lut filter requires e

The expressions can co

w
h
The input width and height.
val
The input value for the pixel component.
clipval
The input value, clipped to the minval-maxval range.
maxval
The maximum value for the pixel component.
minval
The minimum value for the pixel component.
negval
The negated value for the pixel component value, clipped to the minval-maxval range; it corresponds to the expression "maxvalclipval+minval".
clip(val)
The computed value in val, clipped to the minval-maxval range.
gammaval(gamma)
The computed gamma correction value of the pixel component value, clipped to the minval-maxval range. It corresponds to the
expression "pow((clipval-minval)/(maxval-minval)\,gamma)*(maxval-minval)+minval"

All expressions default

9.84.1 Example

Negate input vide

lutrgb="r=maxval+

lutyuv="y=maxva

The above is the same

lutrgb="r=negval:g=neg

lutyuv="y=negval:u=ne

Negate luminanc

lutyuv=y=negval

Remove chroma c

lutyuv="u=128:v=

Apply a luma bur

lutyuv="y=2*val"

Remove green an

lutrgb="g=0:b=0"

Set a constant alp

format=rgba,lutrgb

Correct luminanc

lutyuv=y=gamma

Discard least sign

lutyuv=y='bitand(

Technicolor like e

lutyuv=u='(val-ma

9.85 lut2

Compute and apply a l

This filter accepts the f

c0
set first pixel component expression
c1
set second pixel component expression
c2
set third pixel component expression
c3
set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha component

Each of them specifies

The exact component a

The expressions can co

w
h
The input width and height.
x
The first input value for the pixel component.
y
The second input value for the pixel component.
bdx
The first input video bit depth.
bdy
The second input video bit depth.

All expressions default

9.85.1 Example

Highlight differen

lut2='ifnot(x-y,0,po

Highlight differen

lut2='ifnot(x-y,0,po

9.86 masked

Clamp the first input st

Returns the value of fir

This filter accepts the f
undershoot
Default value is 0.
overshoot
Default value is 0.
planes
Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be copied from first stream. By default value 0xf, all planes
will be processed.

9.87 masked

Merge the first input st

A value of 0 in the thi

unchanged. Intermedia

This filter accepts the f

planes
Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be copied from first stream. By default value 0xf, all planes
will be processed.

9.88 mcdein

Apply motion-compens

It needs one field per f

This filter accepts the f

mode
Set the deinterlacing mode.
It accepts one of the following values:
fast
medium
slow
use iterative motion estimation
extra_slow
like slow, but use multiple reference frames.
Default value is fast.
parity
Set the picture field parity assumed for the input video. It must be one of the following values:
0, tff
assume top field first
1, bff
assume bottom field first
Default value is bff.
qp
Set per-block quantization parameter (QP) used by the internal encoder.
Higher values should result in a smoother motion vector field but less optimal individual vectors. Default value is 1.

9.89 mergep

Merge color channel co

The filter accepts up to

This filter accepts the f

mapping
Set input to output plane mapping. Default is 0.
The mappings is specified as a bitmap. It should be specified as a hexadecimal number in the form 0xAa[Bb[Cc[Dd]]]. Aa
describes the mapping for the first plane of the output stream. A sets the number of the input stream to use (from 0 to 3), and a
the plane number of the corresponding input to use (from 0 to 3). The rest of the mappings is similar, Bb describes the mapping
for the output stream second plane, Cc describes the mapping for the output stream third plane and Dd describes the mapping
for the output stream fourth plane.
format
Set output pixel format. Default is yuva444p.

9.89.1 Example

Merge three gray

[a0][a1][a2]merge

Merge 1st yuv444

[a0][a1]mergeplan

Swap Y and A pla

format=yuva444p,

Swap U and V pla

format=yuv420p,m

Cast a rgb24 clip

format=rgb24,mer

9.90 mestim

Estimate and export m

This filter accepts the f

method
Specify the motion estimation method. Accepts one of the following values:
esa
Exhaustive search algorithm.
tss
Three step search algorithm.
tdls
Two dimensional logarithmic search algorithm.
ntss
New three step search algorithm.
fss
Four step search algorithm.
ds
Diamond search algorithm.
hexbs
Hexagon-based search algorithm.
epzs
Enhanced predictive zonal search algorithm.
umh
Uneven multi-hexagon search algorithm.
Default value is esa.
mb_size
Macroblock size. Default 16.
search_param
Search parameter. Default 7.

9.91 minterp

Convert the video to sp

This filter accepts the f

fps
Specify the output frame rate. This can be rational e.g. 60000/1001. Frames are dropped if fps is lower than source fps. Default 60.
mi_mode
Motion interpolation mode. Following values are accepted:
dup
Duplicate previous or next frame for interpolating new ones.
blend
Blend source frames. Interpolated frame is mean of previous and next frames.
mci
Motion compensated interpolation. Following options are effective when this mode is selected:
mc_mode
Motion compensation mode. Following values are accepted:
obmc
Overlapped block motion compensation.
aobmc
Adaptive overlapped block motion compensation. Window weighting coefficients are controlled adaptively according to the
reliabilities of the neighboring motion vectors to reduce oversmoothing.
Default mode is obmc.
me_mode
Motion estimation mode. Following values are accepted:
bidir
Bidirectional motion estimation. Motion vectors are estimated for each source frame in both forward and backward directions.
bilat
Bilateral motion estimation. Motion vectors are estimated directly for interpolated frame.
Default mode is bilat.
me
The algorithm to be used for motion estimation. Following values are accepted:
esa
Exhaustive search algorithm.
tss
Three step search algorithm.
tdls
Two dimensional logarithmic search algorithm.
ntss
New three step search algorithm.
fss
Four step search algorithm.
ds
Diamond search algorithm.
hexbs
Hexagon-based search algorithm.
epzs
Enhanced predictive zonal search algorithm.
umh
Uneven multi-hexagon search algorithm.
Default algorithm is epzs.
mb_size
Macroblock size. Default 16.
search_param
Motion estimation search parameter. Default 32.
vsmbc
Enable variable-size block motion compensation. Motion estimation is applied with smaller block sizes at object boundaries in order
to make the them less blur. Default is 0 (disabled).
scd
Scene change detection method. Scene change leads motion vectors to be in random direction. Scene change detection replace
interpolated frames by duplicate ones. May not be needed for other modes. Following values are accepted:
none
Disable scene change detection.
fdiff
Frame difference. Corresponding pixel values are compared and if it statisfies scd_threshold scene change is detected.
Default method is fdiff.
scd_threshold
Scene change detection threshold. Default is 5.0.

9.92 mpdeci

Drop frames that do no

The main use of this fil

A description of the ac
max
Set the maximum number of consecutive frames which can be dropped (if positive), or the minimum interval between dropped
frames (if negative). If the value is 0, the frame is dropped unregarding the number of previous sequentially dropped frames.
Default value is 0.
hi
lo
frac
Set the dropping threshold values.
Values for hi and lo are for 8x8 pixel blocks and represent actual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64 corresponds to 1 unit
of difference for each pixel, or the same spread out differently over the block.
A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 blocks differ by more than a threshold of hi, and if no more than frac blocks (1
meaning the whole image) differ by more than a threshold of lo.
Default value for hi is 64*12, default value for lo is 64*5, and default value for frac is 0.33.

9.93 negate
Negate input video.

It accepts an integer in

9.94 nlmean

Denoise frames using N

Each pixel is adjusted b

Note that the research

The filter accepts the f

s
Set denoising strength.
p
Set patch size.
pc
Same as p but for chroma planes.
The default value is 0 and means automatic.
r
Set research size.
rc
Same as r but for chroma planes.
The default value is 0 and means automatic.

9.95 nnedi

Deinterlace video using

This filter accepts the f

weights
Mandatory option, without binary file filter can not work. Currently file can be found here: https://github.com/dubhater/vapoursynthnnedi3/blob/master/src/nnedi3_weights.bin
deint
Set which frames to deinterlace, by default it is all. Can be all or interlaced.
field
Set mode of operation.
Can be one of the following:
af
Use frame flags, both fields.
a
Use frame flags, single field.
t
Use top field only.
b

Use bottom field only.

tf
Use both fields, top first.
bf
Use both fields, bottom first.
planes
Set which planes to process, by default filter process all frames.
nsize
Set size of local neighborhood around each pixel, used by the predictor neural network.
Can be one of the following:
s8x6
s16x6
s32x6
s48x6
s8x4
s16x4
s32x4
nns
Set the number of neurons in predicctor neural network. Can be one of the following:
n16
n32
n64
n128
n256
qual
Controls the number of different neural network predictions that are blended together to compute the final output value. Can be
fast, default or slow.
etype
Set which set of weights to use in the predictor. Can be one of the following:
a
weights trained to minimize absolute error
s
weights trained to minimize squared error
pscrn
Controls whether or not the prescreener neural network is used to decide which pixels should be processed by the predictor neural
network and which can be handled by simple cubic interpolation. The prescreener is trained to know whether cubic interpolation
will be sufficient for a pixel or whether it should be predicted by the predictor nn. The computational complexity of the prescreener
nn is much less than that of the predictor nn. Since most pixels can be handled by cubic interpolation, using the prescreener
generally results in much faster processing. The prescreener is pretty accurate, so the difference between using it and not using it
is almost always unnoticeable.
Can be one of the following:
none
original
new
Default is new.
fapprox
Set various debugging flags.

9.96 noform
Force libavfilter not to

It accepts the following

pix_fmts
A |-separated list of pixel format names, such as apix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".

9.96.1 Example

Force libavfilter to

noformat=pix_fmts

Convert the input

noformat=yuv420p

9.97 noise

Add noise on video inp

The filter accepts the f

all_seed
c0_seed
c1_seed
c2_seed
c3_seed
Set noise seed for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case of all_seed. Default value is 123457.
all_strength, alls
c0_strength, c0s
c1_strength, c1s
c2_strength, c2s
c3_strength, c3s
Set noise strength for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case all_strength. Default value is 0. Allowed range is [0,
100].
all_flags, allf
c0_flags, c0f
c1_flags, c1f
c2_flags, c2f
c3_flags, c3f
Set pixel component flags or set flags for all components if all_flags. Available values for component flags are:
a
averaged temporal noise (smoother)
p
mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern
t
temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
u
uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)

9.97.1 Example

Add temporal and unifo

noise=alls=20:allf=t+u

9.98 null

Pass the video source u

9.99 ocr

Optical Character Reco

This filter uses Tessera

It accepts the following

datapath
Set datapath to tesseract data. Default is to use whatever was set at installation.
language
Set language, default is "eng".
whitelist
Set character whitelist.
blacklist
Set character blacklist.

The filter exports recog

9.100 ocv

Apply a video transform

To enable this filter, ins

It accepts the following
filter_name
The name of the libopencv filter to apply.
filter_params
The parameters to pass to the libopencv filter. If not specified, the default values are assumed.

Refer to the official libo

Several libopencv filter

9.100.1 dilate

Dilate an image by usin

It accepts the paramet

struct_el represents a s

cols and rows represen

If the value for shape
instead.

The default value for s

nb_iterations specifies
Some examples:

# Use the default values

ocv=dilate

# Dilate using a structur

ocv=filter_name=dilate:

# Read the shape from t

# The file diamond.shap

# *
# ***
# *****
# ***
# *

# The specified columns

# but the anchor point c

ocv=dilate:0x0+2x2/cus

9.100.2 erode

Erode an image by usin

It accepts the paramet

9.100.3 smooth

Smooth the input video

The filter takes the foll

type is the type of smo

The meaning of param

The default value for p

These parameters corr

9.101 overla

Overlay one video on t

It takes two inputs and

It accepts the following

A description of the ac
x
y
Set the expression for the x and y coordinates of the overlaid video on the main video. Default value is "0" for both expressions. In
case the expression is invalid, it is set to a huge value (meaning that the overlay will not be displayed within the output visible
area).
eof_action
The action to take when EOF is encountered on the secondary input; it accepts one of the following values:
repeat
Repeat the last frame (the default).
endall
End both streams.
pass
Pass the main input through.

eval
Set when the expressions for x, and y are evaluated.
It accepts the following values:
init
only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a command is processed
frame
evaluate expressions for each incoming frame
Default value is frame.
shortest
If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input terminates. Default value is 0.
Set the format for the output video.
It accepts the following values:
yuv420
force YUV420 output
yuv422
force YUV422 output
yuv444
force YUV444 output
rgb
force RGB output
Default value is yuv420.
If set to 1, force the filter to accept inputs in the RGB color space. Default value is 0. This option is deprecated, use format instead.
If set to 1, force the filter to draw the last overlay frame over the main input until the end of the stream. A value of 0 disables this
behavior. Default value is 1.

The main input width and height.

The overlay input width and height.

The computed values for x and y. They are evaluated for each new frame.

horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values of the output format. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and
vsub is 1.
the number of input frame, starting from 0
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
The timestamp, expressed in seconds. Its NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.

Modify the x and y of the overlay input. The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

Draw the overlay at 10 pixels from the bottom right corner of the main video:
overlay=main_w-overlay_w-10:main_h-overlay_h-10

Insert a transparent PNG logo in the bottom left corner of the input, using the ffmpeg tool with the -filter_complex option:
ffmpeg -i input -i logo -filter_complex 'overlay=10:main_h-overlay_h-10' output

Insert 2 different transparent PNG logos (second logo on bottom right corner) using the ffmpeg tool:
ffmpeg -i input -i logo1 -i logo2 -filter_complex 'overlay=x=10:y=H-h-10,overlay=x=W-w-10:y=H-h-10' output

Add a transparent color layer on top of the main video; WxH must specify the size of the main input to the overlay filter:
[email protected]:size=WxH [over]; [in][over] overlay [out]

Play an original video and a filtered version (here with the deshake filter) side by side using the ffplay tool:
ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[a][b]; [a]pad=iw*2:ih[src]; [b]deshake[filt]; [src][filt]overlay=w'

Make a sliding overlay appearing from the left to the right top part of the screen starting since time 2:
overlay=x='if(gte(t,2), -w+(t-2)*20, NAN)':y=0

Compose output by putting two input videos side to side:

ffmpeg -i left.avi -i right.avi -filter_complex "
nullsrc=size=200x100 [background];
[0:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [left];
[1:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [right];
[background][left]

overlay=shortest=1

[background+left];

[background+left][right] overlay=shortest=1:x=100 [left+right]

"

Mask 10-20 seconds of a video by applying the delogo filter to a section

ffmpeg -i test.avi -codec:v:0 wmv2 -ar 11025 -b:v 9000k
-vf

'[in]split[split_main][split_delogo];[split_delogo]trim=start=360:end=371,delogo=0:0:640:480[delogoed];[split_main]

masked.avi

Chain several overlays in cascade:

nullsrc=s=200x200 [bg];
testsrc=s=100x100, split=4 [in0][in1][in2][in3];
[in0] lutrgb=r=0, [bg] overlay=0:0

[mid0];

[in1] lutrgb=g=0, [mid0] overlay=100:0 [mid1];

[in2] lutrgb=b=0, [mid1] overlay=0:100 [mid2];
[in3] null,

[mid2] overlay=100:100 [out0]

Set depth.
Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency components more, but slow down filtering.
Must be an int in the range 8-16, default is 8.
Set luma strength.
Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is 1.0.
Set chroma strength.
Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is 1.0.

Specify an expression for the size of the output image with the paddings added. If the value for width or height is 0, the
corresponding input size is used for the output.
The width expression can reference the value set by the height expression, and vice versa.
The default value of width and height is 0.

Specify the offsets to place the input image at within the padded area, with respect to the top/left border of the output image.
The x expression can reference the value set by the y expression, and vice versa.
The default value of x and y is 0.
Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
The default value of color is "black".

The input video width and height.

These are the same as in_w and in_h.

The output width and height (the size of the padded area), as specified by the width and height expressions.

These are the same as out_w and out_h.

The x and y offsets as specified by the x and y expressions, or NAN if not yet specified.
same as iw / ih
input sample aspect ratio
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (iw / ih) * sar

The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.

Add paddings with the color "violet" to the input video. The output video size is 640x480, and the top-left corner of the input video

pad=640:480:0:40:violet

Pad the input to get an output with dimensions increased by 3/2, and put the input video at the center of the padded area:
pad="3/2*iw:3/2*ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"

Pad the input to get a squared output with size equal to the maximum value between the input width and height, and put the input

pad="max(iw\,ih):ow:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"

Pad the input to get a final w/h ratio of 16:9:

pad="ih*16/9:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"

In case of anamorphic video, in order to set the output display aspect correctly, it is necessary to use sar in the expression,

(ih * X / ih) * sar = output_dar

X = output_dar / sar

Double the output size and put the input video in the bottom-right corner of the output padded area:
pad="2*iw:2*ih:ow-iw:oh-ih"

Set the maximum number of colors to quantize in the palette. Note: the palette will still contain 256 colors; the unused palette
entries will be black.
Create a palette of 255 colors maximum and reserve the last one for transparency. Reserving the transparency color is useful for
GIF optimization. If not set, the maximum of colors in the palette will be 256. You probably want to disable this option for a
standalone image. Set by default.
Set statistics mode.
It accepts the following values:
full
Compute full frame histograms.
diff
Compute histograms only for the part that differs from previous frame. This might be relevant to give more importance to the
moving part of your input if the background is static.
single
Compute new histogram for each frame.
Default value is full.

Generate a representative palette of a given video using ffmpeg:

ffmpeg -i input.mkv -vf palettegen palette.png

Select dithering mode. Available algorithms are:

bayer
Ordered 8x8 bayer dithering (deterministic)
heckbert
Dithering as defined by Paul Heckbert in 1982 (simple error diffusion). Note: this dithering is sometimes considered "wrong" and is
included as a reference.
floyd_steinberg
Floyd and Steingberg dithering (error diffusion)
sierra2
Frankie Sierra dithering v2 (error diffusion)
sierra2_4a
Frankie Sierra dithering v2 "Lite" (error diffusion)
Default is sierra2_4a.
When bayer dithering is selected, this option defines the scale of the pattern (how much the crosshatch pattern is visible). A low
value means more visible pattern for less banding, and higher value means less visible pattern at the cost of more banding.
The option must be an integer value in the range [0,5]. Default is 2.
If set, define the zone to process
rectangle
Only the changing rectangle will be reprocessed. This is similar to GIF cropping/offsetting compression mechanism. This option can
be useful for speed if only a part of the image is changing, and has use cases such as limiting the scope of the error diffusal dither
to the rectangle that bounds the moving scene (it leads to more deterministic output if the scene doesnt change much, and as a
result less moving noise and better GIF compression).
Default is none.
Take new palette for each output frame.

Use a palette (generated for example with palettegen) to encode a GIF using ffmpeg:
ffmpeg -i input.mkv -i palette.png -lavfi paletteuse output.gif

Set coordinates expression for top left, top right, bottom left and bottom right corners. Default values are 0:0:W:0:0:H:W:H with
which perspective will remain unchanged. If the sense option is set to source, then the specified points will be sent to the corners of
the destination. If the sense option is set to destination, then the corners of the source will be sent to the specified coordinates.
The expressions can use the following variables:
W
H
the width and height of video frame.
in
Input frame count.
on
Output frame count.
Set interpolation for perspective correction.
It accepts the following values:
linear
cubic
Default value is linear.
Set interpretation of coordinate options.
It accepts the following values:

0, source
Send point in the source specified by the given coordinates to the corners of the destination.
1, destination
Send the corners of the source to the point in the destination specified by the given coordinates.
Default value is source.
Set when the expressions for coordinates x0,y0,...x3,y3 are evaluated.
It accepts the following values:
init
only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a command is processed
frame
evaluate expressions for each incoming frame
Default value is init.

Set phase mode.

It accepts the following values:
t
Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first. Filter will delay the bottom field.
b
Capture field order bottom-first, transfer top-first. Filter will delay the top field.
p
Capture and transfer with the same field order. This mode only exists for the documentation of the other options to refer to, but if
you actually select it, the filter will faithfully do nothing.
a
Capture field order determined automatically by field flags, transfer opposite. Filter selects among t and b modes on a frame by
frame basis using field flags. If no field information is available, then this works just like u.
u
Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite. Filter selects among t and b on a frame by frame basis by analyzing the images
and selecting the alternative that produces best match between the fields.
T
Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects among t and p using image analysis.
B
Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects among b and p using image analysis.
A
Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects among t, b and p using field flags and image
analysis. If no field information is available, then this works just like U. This is the default mode.
U
Both capture and transfer unknown or varying. Filter selects among t, b and p using image analysis only.

Set postprocessing subfilters string.

Honor the quality commands for this subfilter.

Do chrominance filtering, too (default).

Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).

Horizontal deblocking filter

difference
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).
flatness
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).
Vertical deblocking filter
difference
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).
flatness
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).
Accurate horizontal deblocking filter
difference
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).
flatness
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).
Accurate vertical deblocking filter
difference
Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).
flatness
Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).

Experimental horizontal deblocking filter

Experimental vertical deblocking filter
Deringing filter
threshold1
larger -> stronger filtering
threshold2
larger -> stronger filtering
threshold3
larger -> stronger filtering
f/fullyrange
Stretch luminance to 0-255.
Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering all lines with a (1 2 1) filter.
Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by linearly interpolating every second line.
Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block by cubically interpolating every second line.
Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by applying a median filter to every second line.
FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering every second line with a (-1 4 2 4 -1) filter.
Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering all lines with a (-1 2 6 2 -1) filter.
Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant quantizer you specify.
quantizer
Quantizer to use
Default pp filter combination (hb|a,vb|a,dr|a)
Fast pp filter combination (h1|a,v1|a,dr|a)
High quality pp filter combination (ha|a|128|7,va|a,dr|a)

Apply horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic brightness/contrast:

pp=hb/vb/dr/al

Apply default filters without brightness/contrast correction:

pp=de/-al

Apply default filters and temporal denoiser:

pp=default/tmpnoise|1|2|3

Apply deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical deblocking on or off automatically depending on available CPU time:
pp=hb|y/vb|a

Force a constant quantization parameter. It accepts an integer in range 0 to 63. If not set, the filter will use the QP from the video
stream (if available).
Set thresholding mode. Available modes are:
hard
Set hard thresholding.
soft
Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely blurrier).
medium
Set medium thresholding (good results, default).

Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied. By default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.
Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.
Set value which will be added to filtered result.

If specified the filter will use the named file to save the PSNR of each individual frame. When filename equals "-" the data is sent to
standard output.
Specifies which version of the stats file format to use. Details of each format are written below. Default value is 1.

Determines whether the max value is output to the stats log. Default value is 0. Requires stats_version >= 2. If this is set and
stats_version < 2, the filter will return an error.

The version of the log file format. Will match stats_version.

A comma separated list of the per-frame-pair parameters included in the log.

sequential number of the input frame, starting from 1

Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared frames, averaged over all the image components.
Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared frames for the component specified by the suffix.
Peak Signal to Noise ratio of the compared frames for the component specified by the suffix.
Maximum allowed value for each channel, and average over all channels.

d progressive frames.

These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and bottom of the image, respectively. Left and right are in
units of 8 pixels, while top and bottom are in units of 2 lines. The default is 8 pixels on each side.
Set the strict breaks. Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of filter generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it
may also cause an excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences. Conversely, setting it to -1 will make
filter match fields more easily. This may help processing of video where there is slight blurring between the fields, but may also
cause there to be interlaced frames in the output. Default value is 0.
Set the metric plane to use. It accepts the following values:
l
Use luma plane.
u
Use chroma blue plane.
v
Use chroma red plane.
This option may be set to use chroma plane instead of the default luma plane for doing filters computations. This may
improve accuracy on very clean source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy, especially if there is chroma noise
(rainbow effect) or any grayscale video. The main purpose of setting mp to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU load and make
pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.

Set expression for quantization parameter.

1 if index is not 129, 0 otherwise.

Sequentional index starting from -129 to 128.

Some equation like:

qp=2+2*sin(PI*qp)

Set size in number of frames of internal cache, in range from 2 to 512. Default is 30.
Set seed for random number generator, must be an integer included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set
to less than 0, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.

Set the maximum number of lines to scan for VITC data. If the value is set to -1 the full video frame is scanned. Default is 45.
Set the luma threshold for black. Accepts float numbers in the range [0.0,1.0], default value is 0.2. The value must be equal or less
than thr_w.
Set the luma threshold for white. Accepts float numbers in the range [0.0,1.0], default value is 0.6. The value must be equal or
greater than thr_b.

Detect and draw VITC data onto the video frame; if no valid VITC is detected, draw --:--:--:-- as a placeholder:
ffmpeg

-i

input.avi

-filter:v

'readvitc,drawtext=fontfile=FreeMono.ttf:text=%{metadata\\:lavfi.readvitc.tc_str\\:--\\\\\\:--\\\\\\:--\\\\\\:--}:x=(w-

Set mode for the first plane.

Set mode for the second plane.
Set mode for the third plane.
Set mode for the fourth plane.

Leave input plane unchanged. Default.

Clips the pixel with the minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour pixels.

Clips the pixel with the second minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour pixels.
Clips the pixel with the third minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour pixels.
Clips the pixel with the fourth minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour pixels. This is equivalent to a median filter.
Line-sensitive clipping giving the minimal change.
Line-sensitive clipping, intermediate.
Line-sensitive clipping, intermediate.
Line-sensitive clipping, intermediate.
Line-sensitive clipping on a line where the neighbours pixels are the closest.
Replaces the target pixel with the closest neighbour.
[1 2 1] horizontal and vertical kernel blur.
Same as mode 11.
Bob mode, interpolates top field from the line where the neighbours pixels are the closest.
Bob mode, interpolates bottom field from the line where the neighbours pixels are the closest.
Bob mode, interpolates top field. Same as 13 but with a more complicated interpolation formula.
Bob mode, interpolates bottom field. Same as 14 but with a more complicated interpolation formula.
Clips the pixel with the minimum and maximum of respectively the maximum and minimum of each pair of opposite neighbour
pixels.
Line-sensitive clipping using opposite neighbours whose greatest distance from the current pixel is minimal.
Replaces the pixel with the average of its 8 neighbours.
Averages the 9 pixels ([1 1 1] horizontal and vertical blur).
Clips pixels using the averages of opposite neighbour.
Same as mode 21 but simpler and faster.
Small edge and halo removal, but reputed useless.
Similar as 23.

ogo with neighboring pixels.

Set the filter bitmap file, which can be any image format supported by libavformat. The width and height of the image file must
match those of the video stream being processed.

go. If you use white (255) for the logo and black (0) for the rest, you will be safe. For making the filter bitmap, it is recommended to take a screen capture of a black

arking too many pixels as part of the logo does not hurt as much, but it will increase the amount of blurring needed to cover over the image and will destroy more

Take the first 5 seconds of a clip, and reverse it.

trim=end=5,reverse

Set an expression for the angle by which to rotate the input video clockwise, expressed as a number of radians. A negative value
will result in a counter-clockwise rotation. By default it is set to "0".
This expression is evaluated for each frame.
Set the output width expression, default value is "iw". This expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
Set the output height expression, default value is "ih". This expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
Enable bilinear interpolation if set to 1, a value of 0 disables it. Default value is 1.
Set the color used to fill the output area not covered by the rotated image. For the general syntax of this option, check the "Color"
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special value "none" is selected then no background is printed (useful for example if the
background is never shown).
Default value is "black".

sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0. It is always NAN before the first frame is filtered.
time in seconds of the input frame, it is set to 0 when the filter is configured. It is always NAN before the first frame is filtered.

horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.

the input video width and height

the output width and height, that is the size of the padded area as specified by the width and height expressions

the minimal width/height required for completely containing the input video rotated by a radians.
These are only available when computing the out_w and out_h expressions.

Rotate the input by PI/6 radians clockwise:

rotate=PI/6

Rotate the input by PI/6 radians counter-clockwise:

rotate=-PI/6

Rotate the input by 45 degrees clockwise:

rotate=45*PI/180

Apply a constant rotation with period T, starting from an angle of PI/3:

rotate=PI/3+2*PI*t/T

Make the input video rotation oscillating with a period of T seconds and an amplitude of A radians:
rotate=A*sin(2*PI/T*t)

Rotate the video, output size is chosen so that the whole rotating input video is always completely contained in the output:
rotate='2*PI*t:ow=hypot(iw,ih):oh=ow'

Rotate the video, reduce the output size so that no background is ever shown:
rotate=2*PI*t:ow='min(iw,ih)/sqrt(2)':oh=ow:c=none

Set the angle expression. The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

Set luma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0, default value is 1.0. A greater value will result in a more blurred
image, and in slower processing.
Set luma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range, default value is 1.0.
Set luma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, must be a value in the 0.1-100.0 range, default value is 1.0.
Set chroma blur filter strength, must be a value in range -0.9-4.0. A greater value will result in a more blurred image, and in slower
processing.
Set chroma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the -0.9-2.0 range.
Set chroma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, must be a value in the -0.9-100.0 range.

ption value.

anging the output sample aspect ratio.

cale filter will convert the input to the requested format.

le scaler.

Set the output video dimension expression. Default value is the input dimension.
If the value is 0, the input width is used for the output.
If one of the values is -1, the scale filter will use a value that maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the
other specified dimension. If both of them are -1, the input size is used
If one of the values is -n with n > 1, the scale filter will also use a value that maintains the aspect ratio of the input image,
calculated from the other specified dimension. After that it will, however, make sure that the calculated dimension is divisible by n
and adjust the value if necessary.
See below for the list of accepted constants for use in the dimension expression.

Specify when to evaluate width and height expression. It accepts the following values:
init
Only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a command is processed.
frame
Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame.
Default value is init.
Set the interlacing mode. It accepts the following values:
1
Force interlaced aware scaling.
0
Do not apply interlaced scaling.
-1
Select interlaced aware scaling depending on whether the source frames are flagged as interlaced or not.
Default value is 0.
Set libswscale scaling flags. See (ffmpeg-scaler)the ffmpeg-scaler manual for the complete list of values. If not explicitly specified
the filter applies the default flags.
Set libswscale input parameters for scaling algorithms that need them. See (ffmpeg-scaler)the ffmpeg-scaler manual for the
complete documentation. If not explicitly specified the filter applies empty parameters.
Set the video size. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.

Set in/output YCbCr color space type.

This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing a specific value used for the output and encoder.
If not specified, the color space type depends on the pixel format.
Possible values:
auto
Choose automatically.
bt709
Format conforming to International Telecommunication Union (ITU) Recommendation BT.709.
fcc
Set color space conforming to the United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title
47 (2003) 73.682 (a).
bt601
Set color space conforming to:

ITU Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R) Recommendation BT.601

ITU-R Rec. BT.470-6 (1998) Systems B, B1, and G

Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE) ST 170:2004

smpte240m
Set color space conforming to SMPTE ST 240:1999.

Set in/output YCbCr sample range.

This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing a specific value used for the output and encoder. If not
specified, the range depends on the pixel format. Possible values:
auto
Choose automatically.
jpeg/full/pc
Set full range (0-255 in case of 8-bit luma).
mpeg/tv
Set "MPEG" range (16-235 in case of 8-bit luma).
Enable decreasing or increasing output video width or height if necessary to keep the original aspect ratio. Possible values:
disable
Scale the video as specified and disable this feature.
decrease
The output video dimensions will automatically be decreased if needed.
increase
The output video dimensions will automatically be increased if needed.
One useful instance of this option is that when you know a specific devices maximum allowed resolution, you can use this
to limit the output video to that, while retaining the aspect ratio. For example, device A allows 1280x720 playback, and

your video is 1920x800. Using this option (set it to decrease) and specifying 1280x720 to the command line makes the
output 1280x533.
Please note that this is a different thing than specifying -1 for w or h, you still need to specify the output resolution for this
option to work.

the following constants:

The input width and height

These are the same as in_w and in_h.

The output (scaled) width and height

These are the same as out_w and out_h

The same as iw / ih
input sample aspect ratio
The input display aspect ratio. Calculated from (iw / ih) * sar.
horizontal and vertical input chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.

horizontal and vertical output chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.

Scale the input video to a size of 200x100

scale=w=200:h=100

Specify a size abbreviation for the output size:

scale=qcif

n as:

Scale the input to 2x:

scale=w=2*iw:h=2*ih

The above is the same as:

scale=2*in_w:2*in_h

Scale the input to 2x with forced interlaced scaling:

scale=2*iw:2*ih:interl=1

Scale the input to half size:

scale=w=iw/2:h=ih/2

Increase the width, and set the height to the same size:

scale=3/2*iw:ow

Seek Greek harmony:

scale=iw:1/PHI*iw
scale=ih*PHI:ih

Increase the height, and set the width to 3/2 of the height:
scale=w=3/2*oh:h=3/5*ih

Increase the size, making the size a multiple of the chroma subsample values:
scale="trunc(3/2*iw/hsub)*hsub:trunc(3/2*ih/vsub)*vsub"

Increase the width to a maximum of 500 pixels, keeping the same aspect ratio as the input:
scale=w='min(500\, iw*3/2):h=-1'

mmands:

Set the output video dimension expression. The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

mitives (libnpp) to perform scaling and/or pixel format conversion on CUDA video frames. Setting the output width and height works in the same way as for the scale

are accepted:
The pixel format of the output CUDA frames. If set to the string "same" (the default), the input format will be kept. Note that
automatic format negotiation and conversion is not yet supported for hardware frames
The interpolation algorithm used for resizing. One of the following:
nn
Nearest neighbour.
linear
cubic
cubic2p_bspline
2-parameter cubic (B=1, C=0)
cubic2p_catmullrom
2-parameter cubic (B=0, C=1/2)
cubic2p_b05c03
2-parameter cubic (B=1/2, C=3/10)
super
Supersampling
lanczos

ef

eo, based on a reference video.

able options, scale2ref supports the same but uses the reference video instead of the main input as basis.

Scale a subtitle stream to match the main video in size before overlaying
'scale2ref[b][a];[a][b]overlay'

ecolor

ow and black (CMYK) to certain ranges of colors (such as "reds", "yellows", "greens", "cyans", ...). The adjustment range is defined by the "purity" of the color (that is,
.

dobe Photoshop Selective Color tool.

wing options:
Select color correction method.
Available values are:
absolute
Specified adjustments are applied "as-is" (added/subtracted to original pixel component value).
relative
Specified adjustments are relative to the original component value.
Default is absolute.
Adjustments for red pixels (pixels where the red component is the maximum)
Adjustments for yellow pixels (pixels where the blue component is the minimum)
Adjustments for green pixels (pixels where the green component is the maximum)
Adjustments for cyan pixels (pixels where the red component is the minimum)
Adjustments for blue pixels (pixels where the blue component is the maximum)

s
Adjustments for magenta pixels (pixels where the green component is the minimum)
Adjustments for white pixels (pixels where all components are greater than 128)

trals
Adjustments for all pixels except pure black and pure white

lacks
Adjustments for black pixels (pixels where all components are lesser than 128)
psfile
Specify a Photoshop selective color file (.asv) to import the settings from.
All the adjustment settings (reds, yellows, ...) accept up to 4 space separated floating point adjustment values in the [-1,1] range, respectively to adjust the
amount of cyan, magenta, yellow and black for the pixels of its range.

9.127.1 Examples

Increase cyan by 50% and reduce yellow by 33% in every green areas, and increase magenta by 27% in blue areas:

selectivecolor=greens=.5 0 -.33 0:blues=0 .27

Use a Photoshop selective color preset:

selectivecolor=psfile=MySelectiveColorPresets/Misty.asv

9.128 separatefields
The separatefields takes a frame-based video input and splits each frame into its components fields, producing a new half height clip with twice the frame rate
and twice the frame count.
This filter use field-dominance information in frame to decide which of each pair of fields to place first in the output. If it gets it wrong use setfield filter before
separatefields filter.

9.129 setdar, setsar

The setdar filter sets the Display Aspect Ratio for the filter output video.
This is done by changing the specified Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect Ratio, according to the following equation:
DAR = HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION / VERTICAL_RESOLUTION * SAR

Keep in mind that the setdar filter does not modify the pixel dimensions of the video frame. Also, the display aspect ratio set by this filter may be changed by
later filters in the filterchain, e.g. in case of scaling or if another "setdar" or a "setsar" filter is applied.
The setsar filter sets the Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect Ratio for the filter output video.
Note that as a consequence of the application of this filter, the output display aspect ratio will change according to the equation above.

Keep in mind that the sample aspect ratio set by the setsar filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain, e.g. if another "setsar" or a "setdar" filter is
applied.
It accepts the following parameters:
r, ratio, dar (setdar only), sar (setsar only)
Set the aspect ratio used by the filter.
The parameter can be a floating point number string, an expression, or a string of the form num:den, where num and den are the
numerator and denominator of the aspect ratio. If the parameter is not specified, it is assumed the value "0". In case the form
"num:den" is used, the : character should be escaped.
max
Set the maximum integer value to use for expressing numerator and denominator when reducing the expressed aspect ratio to a
rational. Default value is 100.
The parameter sar is an expression containing the following constants:
E, PI, PHI
These are approximated values for the mathematical constants e (Eulers number), pi (Greek pi), and phi (the golden ratio).
w, h
The input width and height.
a
These are the same as w / h.
sar
The input sample aspect ratio.
dar
The input display aspect ratio. It is the same as (w / h) * sar.
hsub, vsub
Horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.

9.129.1 Examples

To change the display aspect ratio to 16:9, specify one of the following:

setdar=dar=1.77777

setdar=dar=16/9

To change the sample aspect ratio to 10:11, specify:

setsar=sar=10/11

To set a display aspect ratio of 16:9, and specify a maximum integer value of 1000 in the aspect ratio reduction, use the
command:
setdar=ratio=16/9:max=1000

9.130 setfield
Force field for the output video frame.
The setfield filter marks the interlace type field for the output frames. It does not change the input frame, but only sets the corresponding
property, which affects how the frame is treated by following filters (e.g. fieldorder or yadif).
The filter accepts the following options:
mode
Available values are:
auto
Keep the same field property.
bff
Mark the frame as bottom-field-first.
tff
Mark the frame as top-field-first.
prog
Mark the frame as progressive.

9.131 showinfo
Show a line containing various information for each input video frame. The input video is not modified.
The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form key:value.
The following values are shown in the output:
n
The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.

pts
The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of time base units. The time base unit depends on the filter
input pad.
pts_time
The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of seconds.
pos
The position of the frame in the input stream, or -1 if this information is unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of
synthetic video).
fmt
The pixel format name.
sar
The sample aspect ratio of the input frame, expressed in the form num/den.
s
The size of the input frame. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
i
The type of interlaced mode ("P" for "progressive", "T" for top field first, "B" for bottom field first).
iskey
This is 1 if the frame is a key frame, 0 otherwise.
type
The picture type of the input frame ("I" for an I-frame, "P" for a P-frame, "B" for a B-frame, or "?" for an unknown type). Also refer to
the documentation of the AVPictureType enum and of the av_get_picture_type_char function defined in libavutil/avutil.h.
checksum
The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of all the planes of the input frame.
plane_checksum
The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of each plane of the input frame, expressed in the form "[c0 c1 c2 c3]".

9.132 showpalette
Displays the 256 colors palette of each frame. This filter is only relevant for pal8 pixel format frames.
It accepts the following option:
s
Set the size of the box used to represent one palette color entry. Default is 30 (for a 30x30 pixel box).

9.133 shuffleframes
Reorder and/or duplicate video frames.
It accepts the following parameters:
mapping
Set the destination indexes of input frames. This is space or | separated list of indexes that maps input frames to output frames.
Number of indexes also sets maximal value that each index may have.
The first frame has the index 0. The default is to keep the input unchanged.

9.133.1 Examples

Swap second and third frame of every three frames of the input:
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "shuffleframes=0 2 1" OUTPUT

Swap 10th and 1st frame of every ten frames of the input:
ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "shuffleframes=9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0" OUTPUT

9.134 shuffleplanes
Reorder and/or duplicate video planes.
It accepts the following parameters:
map0
The index of the input plane to be used as the first output plane.
map1
The index of the input plane to be used as the second output plane.
map2
The index of the input plane to be used as the third output plane.
map3
The index of the input plane to be used as the fourth output plane.

The first plane has the index 0. The default is to keep the input unchanged.

9.134.1 Examples

Swap the second and third planes of the input:

ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf shuffleplanes=0:2:1:3 OUTPUT

9.135 signalstats
Evaluate various visual metrics that assist in determining issues associated with the
digitization of analog video media.
By default the filter will log these metadata values:
YMIN
Display the minimal Y value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
YLOW
Display the Y value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
YAVG
Display the average Y value within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
YHIGH
Display the Y value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
YMAX
Display the maximum Y value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
UMIN
Display the minimal U value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
ULOW
Display the U value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
UAVG
Display the average U value within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
UHIGH
Display the U value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
UMAX
Display the maximum U value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
VMIN
Display the minimal V value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
VLOW
Display the V value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
VAVG
Display the average V value within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
VHIGH
Display the V value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
VMAX
Display the maximum V value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
SATMIN
Display the minimal saturation value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
SATLOW
Display the saturation value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
SATAVG
Display the average saturation value within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
SATHIGH
Display the saturation value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
SATMAX
Display the maximum saturation value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
HUEMED
Display the median value for hue within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-360].
HUEAVG
Display the average value for hue within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-360].
YDIF
Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the Y plane in the current frame and corresponding values of
the previous input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
UDIF
Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the U plane in the current frame and corresponding values of
the previous input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
VDIF

Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the V plane in the current frame and corresponding values of
the previous input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].
YBITDEPTH
Display bit depth of Y plane in current frame. Expressed in range of [0-16].
UBITDEP
TH
Display bit depth of U plane in current frame. Expressed in range of [0-16].
VBITD
EPTH
Display bit depth of V plane in current frame. Expressed in range of [0-16].
The
filte
r
acc
ept
s
the
foll
owi
ng
opti
ons
:
sta
t
out
stat specify an additional form of image analysis. out output video with the specified type of pixel highlighted.
Both options accept the following values:
tout
Identify temporal outliers pixels. A temporal outlier is a pixel unlike the neighboring pixels of the same field. Examples of temporal
outliers include the results of video dropouts, head clogs, or tape tracking issues.
vrep
Identify vertical line repetition. Vertical line repetition includes similar rows of pixels within a frame. In born-digital video vertical
line repetition is common, but this pattern is uncommon in video digitized from an analog source. When it occurs in video that
results from the digitization of an analog source it can indicate concealment from a dropout compensator.
brng
Identify pixels that fall outside of legal broadcast range.
c
o
l
o
r
,
c
Set the highlight color for the out option. The default color is yellow.

9
.
1
3
5
.
1
E
x
a
m
p
l
e
s

O
ut
p
ut
d
at
a
of
v
ar
io

us
vi
d
e
o
m
et
ri
cs
:

ff
pr
ob
e
-f
la
vfi
m
ov
ie
=
ex
a
m
pl
e.
m
ov
,si
g
na
lst
at
s
=
"s
ta
t=
to
ut
+
vr
ep
+
br
n
g"
-s
ho
w
_fr
a
m
es

O
ut
p
ut
sp
ec
ifi
c
d
at
a
a
b
o
ut
th
e
m
in
i
m
u
m
a
n
d
m
a
xi
m
u

m
v
al
u
es
of
th
e
Y
pl
a
n
e
p
er
fr
a
m
e:

ff
pr
ob
e
-f
la
vfi
m
ov
ie
=
ex
a
m
pl
e.
m
ov
,si
g
na
lst
at
s
-s
ho
w
_e
nt
ri
es
fr
a
m
e_
ta
gs
=l
av
fi.
si
g
na
lst
at
s.
Y
M
A
X,
la
vfi
.si
g
na
lst
at
s.
Y
MI
N

Pl
a
y
b
ac
k
vi

d
e
o
w
hi
le
hi
g
hl
ig
ht
in
g
pi
x
el
s
th
at
ar
e
o
ut
si
d
e
of
br
o
a
d
ca
st
ra
n
g
e
in
re
d.

ff
pl
ay
ex
a
m
pl
e.
m
ov
-v
f
si
g
na
lst
at
s
=
"o
ut
=
br
n
g:
co
lo
r=
re
d"

Pl
a
y
b
ac
k
vi
d
e
o
wi
th
si
g

n
al
st
at
s
m
et
a
d
at
a
dr
a
w
n
o
v
er
th
e
fr
a
m
e.

ff
pl
ay
ex
a
m
pl
e.
m
ov
-v
f
si
g
na
lst
at
s
=
st
at
=
br
n
g
+
vr
ep
+t
ou
t,
dr
a
wt
ex
t=
fo
nt
fil
e
=
Fr
ee
Se
rif
.tt
f:t
ex
tfi
le
=
si
g
na
lst
at
_d
ra
wt
ex
t.t
xt

The contents
of
signalstat_dr
awtext.txt
used in the
command
are:
time
{pts:hms}

Y
(%
{metadata:la
vfi.signalstats.
YMIN}-%
{metadata:la
vfi.signalstats.
YMAX})
U
(%
{metadata:la
vfi.signalstats.
UMIN}-%
{metadata:la
vfi.signalstats.
UMAX})
V
(%
{metadata:la
vfi.signalstats.
VMIN}-%
{metadata:la
vfi.signalstats.
VMAX})
saturation
maximum: %
{metadata:la
vfi.signalstats.
SATMAX}

9
.
1
3
6
s
m
a
r
t
b
l
u
r
Bl
ur
th
e
in
p
ut
vi
d
e
o
wi
th
o
ut
i
m
p

ac
ti
n
g
th
e
o
ut
li
n
es
.
It
ac
ce
pt
s
th
e
fo
llo
wi
n
g
o
pt
io
ns
:
lu
m
a
_r
a
di
u
s,
lr
Set the luma radius. The option value must be a float number in the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter
used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
lum
a_st
reng
th,
ls
Set the luma strength. The option value must be a float number in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value
included in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in [-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
luma_t
hresho
ld, lt
Set the luma threshold used as a coefficient to determine whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image, a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
chroma_r
adius, cr
Set the chroma radius. The option value must be a float number in the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian
filter used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
chroma_str
ength, cs
Set the chroma strength. The option value must be a float number in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value
included in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in [-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
chroma_thres
hold, ct
Set the chroma threshold used as a coefficient to determine whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image, a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
If a chroma option
is not explicitly set,
the corresponding
luma value is set.

9.137
ssim
Obtain the SSIM
(Structural
SImilarity
Metric)

between two input

videos.
This filter takes in
input two input
videos, the first
input is considered
the "main" source
and
is
passed
unchanged to the
output. The second
input is used as a
"reference" video
for computing the
SSIM.
Both video inputs
must
have
the
same
resolution
and pixel format
for this filter to
work correctly. Also
it assumes that
both inputs have
the same number
of frames, which
are compared one
by one.
The filter stores
the
calculated
SSIM
of
each
frame.
The description of
the
accepted
parameters
follows.
stats_file, f
If specified the filter will use the named file to save the SSIM of each individual frame. When filename equals "-" the data is sent to
standard output.

The file printed if

stats_file is selected,
contains a sequence
of key/value pairs of
the form key:value for
each
compared
couple of frames.

A description of each
shown
parameter
follows:
n
sequential number of the input frame, starting from 1
Y, U, V, R, G, B
SSIM of the compared frames for the component specified by the suffix.
All
SSIM of the compared frames for the whole frame.
dB
Same as above but in dB representation.
For example:
movie=ref_movie.mpg,
STARTPTS [main];

[main][ref]
ssim="stats_file=stats.lo

On this example the

being processed is
with
the
refere
ref_movie.mpg. The SS
individual frame is
stats.log.

Another example with

and ssim at same time

ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i re
"ssim;[0:v][1:v]psnr" -f n

9.138 stereo

Convert
between
stereoscopic image for

The filters accept the

options:
in
Set stereoscopic image format of input.
Available values for input image formats are:
sbsl
side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
sbsr
side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
sbs2l
side by side parallel with half width resolution (left eye left, right eye right)
sbs2r
side by side crosseye with half width resolution (right eye left, left eye right)
abl
above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
abr
above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
ab2l
above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye below)
ab2r
above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye below)
al
alternating frames (left eye first, right eye second)
ar
alternating frames (right eye first, left eye second)
irl
interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)
irr
interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)
icl
interleaved columns, left eye first
icr
interleaved columns, right eye first
Default value is sbsl.
out
Set stereoscopic image format of output.
sbsl
side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
sbsr
side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
sbs2l
side by side parallel with half width resolution (left eye left, right eye right)
sbs2r
side by side crosseye with half width resolution (right eye left, left eye right)
abl
above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
abr
above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
ab2l
above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye below)
ab2r
above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye below)
al
alternating frames (left eye first, right eye second)
ar
alternating frames (right eye first, left eye second)
irl
interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)
irr
interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)

arbg
anaglyph red/blue gray (red filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
argg
anaglyph red/green gray (red filter on left eye, green filter on right eye)
arcg
anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
arch
anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
arcc
anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
arcd
anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
agmg
anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
agmh
anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
agmc
anaglyph green/magenta colored (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
agmd
anaglyph green/magenta color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right
eye)
aybg
anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
aybh
anaglyph yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
aybc
anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
aybd
anaglyph yellow/blue color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
ml
mono output (left eye only)
mr
mono output (right eye only)
chl
checkerboard, left eye first
chr
checkerboard, right eye first
icl
interleaved columns, left eye first
icr
interleaved columns, right eye first
hdmi
HDMI frame pack
Default value is arcd.

9.138.1 Exampl

Convert input vid

parallel
to
a
dubois:

stereo3d=sbsl:ayb

Convert input vid

(left eye above,
side by side cross

stereo3d=abl:sbsr

9.139 stream
astreamsele

Select video or audio s

The filter accepts the f

inputs
Set number of inputs. Default is 2.
map
Set input indexes to remap to outputs.

9.139.1 Comma

The streamselect and

supports the following
map
Set input indexes to remap to outputs.

9.139.2 Exampl

Select first 5 se
time 2nd stream:

sendcmd='5.0
1',streamselect=in

Same as above, b

asendcmd='5.0
1',astreamselect=i

9.140 sobel

Apply sobel operator to

The filter accepts the f

planes
Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied. By default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.
scale
Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.
delta
Set value which will be added to filtered result.

9.141 spp

Apply a simple postp

and decompresses the
of quality level 6 - all) s
The filter accepts the f
quality
Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts an integer in the range 0-6. If set to 0, the filter will
have no effect. A value of 6 means the higher quality. For each increment of that value the speed drops by a factor of approximately
2. Default value is 3.
qp
Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use the QP from the video stream (if available).
mode
Set thresholding mode. Available modes are:
hard
Set hard thresholding (default).
soft
Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely blurrier).
use_bframe_qp
Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to 1. Using this option may cause flicker since the B-Frames have often larger QP.
Default is 0 (not enabled).

9.142 subtit

Draw subtitles on top o

To enable compilation
with --enable-libass. Th
and libavformat to c
(Advanced Substation
The filter accepts the f
filename, f

Set the filename of the subtitle file to read. It must be specified.

original_size
Specify the size of the original video, the video for which the ASS file was composed. For the syntax of this option, check the
(ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Due to a misdesign in ASS aspect ratio arithmetic, this is necessary to
correctly scale the fonts if the aspect ratio has been changed.
fontsdir
Set a directory path containing fonts that can be used by the filter. These fonts will be used in addition to whatever the font
provider uses.
charenc
Set subtitles input character encoding. subtitles filter only. Only useful if not UTF-8.
stream_index, si
Set subtitles stream index. subtitles filter only.

force_style
Override default style or script info parameters of the subtitles. It accepts a string containing ASS style format KEY=VALUE couples
separated by ",".
If the first key is not
filename.

For example, to render

subtitles=sub.srt

which is equivalent to:

subtitles=filename=sub.

To render the default s

subtitles=video.mkv

To render the second s

subtitles=video.mkv:si=

To make the subtitles

use:

subtitles=sub.srt:force_s

9.143 super

Scale the input by 2x a

art scaling algorithm.

Useful for enlarging pix

9.144 swapr

Swap two rectangular o

This filter accepts the f

w
Set object width.
h
Set object height.
x1
Set 1st rect x coordinate.
y1
Set 1st rect y coordinate.
x2
Set 2nd rect x coordinate.
y2
Set 2nd rect y coordinate.
All expressions are evaluated once for each frame.

The all options are exp

w
h
The input width and height.
a
same as w / h
sar
input sample aspect ratio

dar
input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (w / h) * sar
n
The number of the input frame, starting from 0.
t
The timestamp expressed in seconds. Its NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.
pos
the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown

9.145 swapu
Swap U & V plane.

9.146 telecin

Apply telecine process

This filter accepts the f

first_field
top, t
top field first
bottom, b
bottom field first The default value is top.
pattern
A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply. The default value is 23.
Some typical patterns:

NTSC output (30i):

27.5p: 32222
24p: 23 (classic)
24p: 2332 (preferred)
20p: 33
18p: 334
16p: 3444

PAL output (25i):

27.5p: 12222

24p: 222222222223 ("Eu

16.67p: 33
16p: 33333334

9.147 thumb

Select the most repres

The filter accepts the f

n
Set the frames batch size to analyze; in a set of n frames, the filter will pick one of them, and then handle the next batch of n
frames until the end. Default is 100.
Since the filter keeps t
not recommended.

9.147.1 Exampl

Extract one pictu

thumbnail=50

Complete examp

ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf

9.148 tile

Tile several successive

The filter accepts the f

layout
Set the grid size (i.e. the number of lines and columns). For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in
the ffmpeg-utils manual.
nb_frames
Set the maximum number of frames to render in the given area. It must be less than or equal to wxh. The default value is 0,
meaning all the area will be used.
margin
Set the outer border margin in pixels.
padding
Set the inner border thickness (i.e. the number of pixels between frames). For more advanced padding options (such as having
different values for the edges), refer to the pad video filter.
color
Specify the color of the unused area. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The default
value of color is "black".

9.148.1 Exampl

Produce 8x8 PNG

ffmpeg -skip_frame

The -vsync 0 is necessa

Display 5 pictures

tile=3x2:nb_frame

9.149 tinter
Perform various types

Frames are counted sta

The filter accepts the f

mode
Specify the mode of the interlacing. This option can also be specified as a value alone. See below for a list of values for this option.
Available values are:
merge, 0
Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field, generating a double height frame at half frame rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1

Frame 2

Frame 3

Frame 4

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

Output:
11111

33333

22222

44444

11111

33333

22222

44444

11111

33333

22222

44444

11111

33333

22222

44444

drop_even, 1
Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
------> time

Input:
Frame 1

Frame 2

Frame 3

Frame 4

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

Output:
11111

33333

11111

33333

11111

33333

11111

33333

drop_odd, 2
Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1

Frame 2

Frame 3

Frame 4

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

Output:
22222

44444

22222

44444

22222

44444

22222

44444

pad, 3
Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate lines with black, generating a frame with double height at the same input frame
rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1

Frame 2

Frame 3

Frame 4

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

Output:
11111
.....

.....
22222

11111
.....

.....
22222

11111
.....

.....
22222

11111
.....

.....
22222

33333
.....
33333
.....
33333
.....
33333
.....

.....
44444
.....
44444
.....
44444
.....
44444

interleave_top, 4
Interleave the upper field from odd frames with the lower field from even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half
frame rate.
------> time

Input:
Frame 1

11111<11111
11111<11111

Frame 2

Frame 3

22222

33333<-

22222<22222
22222<-

33333
33333<33333

Frame 4

44444
44444<44444
44444<-

Output:
11111

33333

22222

44444

11111

33333

22222

44444

interleave_bottom, 5
Interleave the lower field from odd frames with the upper field from even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half
frame rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1

Frame 2

Frame 3

Frame 4

11111

22222<-

33333

44444<-

11111<11111
11111<-

22222
22222<22222

33333<33333
33333<-

44444
44444<44444

Output:
22222

44444

11111

33333

22222

44444

11111

33333

interlacex2, 6
Double frame rate with unchanged height. Frames are inserted each containing the second temporal field from the previous input
frame and the first temporal field from the next input frame. This mode relies on the top_field_first flag. Useful for interlaced video
displays with no field synchronisation.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1

Frame 2

11111

22222

11111
11111
11111

22222
22222
22222

Frame 3

33333
33333
33333
33333

Frame 4

44444
44444
44444
44444

Output:
11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444 44444
11111 11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444
11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444 44444
11111 11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444

mergex2, 7
Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field, generating a double height frame at same frame rate.
------> time
Input:
Frame 1

Frame 2

Frame 3

Frame 4

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

22222

33333

44444

11111

33333

33333

55555

22222

22222

44444

44444

11111

33333

33333

55555

22222

22222

44444

44444

11111

33333

33333

55555

22222

22222

44444

44444

11111

33333

33333

55555

22222

22222

44444

44444

Output:

Numeric values are deprecated but are accepted for backward compatibility reasons.
Default mode is merge.
flags
Specify flags influencing the filter process.
Available value for flags is:
low_pass_filter, vlfp
Enable vertical low-pass filtering in the filter. Vertical low-pass filtering is required when creating an interlaced destination from a
progressive source which contains high-frequency vertical detail. Filtering will reduce interlace twitter and Moire patterning.
Vertical low-pass filtering can only be enabled for mode interleave_top and interleave_bottom.

9.150 transp

Transpose rows with co

It accepts the following

dir
Specify the transposition direction.
Can assume the following values:
0, 4, cclock_flip
Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and vertically flip (default), that is:
L.R

L.l

. . -> . .
l.r

R.r

1, 5, clock
Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise, that is:
L.R

l.L

. . -> . .
l.r

r.R

2, 6, cclock
Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise, that is:
L.R

R.r

. . -> . .
l.r

L.l

3, 7, clock_flip
Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and vertically flip, that is:
L.R

r.R

. . -> . .
l.r

l.L

For values between 4-7, the transposition is only done if the input video geometry is portrait and not landscape. These
values are deprecated, the passthrough option should be used instead.
Numerical values are deprecated, and should be dropped in favor of symbolic constants.
passthrough

Do not apply the transposition if the input geometry matches the one specified by the specified value. It accepts the following
values:
none
Always apply transposition.
portrait
Preserve portrait geometry (when height >= width).
landscape
Preserve landscape geometry (when width >= height).
Default value is none.

For example to rotate b

transpose=dir=1:passth

The command above c

transpose=1:portrait

9.151 trim

Trim the input so that t

It accepts the following

start
Specify the time of the start of the kept section, i.e. the frame with the timestamp start will be the first frame in the output.
end
Specify the time of the first frame that will be dropped, i.e. the frame immediately preceding the one with the timestamp end will
be the last frame in the output.
start_pts
This is the same as start, except this option sets the start timestamp in timebase units instead of seconds.
end_pts
This is the same as end, except this option sets the end timestamp in timebase units instead of seconds.
duration
The maximum duration of the output in seconds.
start_frame
The number of the first frame that should be passed to the output.
end_frame
The number of the first frame that should be dropped.

start, end, and duratio

Note that the first two

the filter. Also note tha

If multiple start or end

matches all the constra

The defaults are such t

Examples:

Drop everything e

ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf

Keep only the firs

ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf

9.152 unsha

Sharpen or blur the inp

It accepts the following

luma_msize_x, lx
Set the luma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer between 3 and 23. The default value is 5.
luma_msize_y, ly
Set the luma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer between 3 and 23. The default value is 5.
luma_amount, la
Set the luma effect strength. It must be a floating point number, reasonable values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
Default value is 1.0.

chroma_msize_x, cx
Set the chroma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer between 3 and 23. The default value is 5.
chroma_msize_y, cy
Set the chroma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer between 3 and 23. The default value is 5.
chroma_amount, ca
Set the chroma effect strength. It must be a floating point number, reasonable values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
Default value is 0.0.
opencl
If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if FFmpeg was configured with --enable-opencl. Default value is 0.

All parameters are opt

9.152.1 Exampl

Apply strong lum

unsharp=luma_ms

Apply a strong bl

unsharp=7:7:-2:7:7

9.153 uspp

Apply ultra slow/simple

The way this differs fro

The filter accepts the f

quality
Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts an integer in the range 0-8. If set to 0, the filter will
have no effect. A value of 8 means the higher quality. For each increment of that value the speed drops by a factor of approximately
2. Default value is 3.
qp
Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use the QP from the video stream (if available).

9.154 vague

Apply a wavelet based

It transforms each fram

transform after. Due to

This filter accepts the f

threshold
The filtering strength. The higher, the more filtered the video will be. Hard thresholding can use a higher threshold than soft
thresholding before the video looks overfiltered.
method
The filtering method the filter will use.
It accepts the following values:
hard
All values under the threshold will be zeroed.
soft
All values under the threshold will be zeroed. All values above will be reduced by the threshold.
garrote
Scales or nullifies coefficients - intermediary between (more) soft and (less) hard thresholding.
nsteps
Number of times, the wavelet will decompose the picture. Picture cant be decomposed beyond a particular point (typically, 8 for a
640x480 frame - as 2^9 = 512 > 480)
percent
Partial of full denoising (limited coefficients shrinking), from 0 to 100.
planes
A list of the planes to process. By default all planes are processed.

9.155 vector

Display 2 color compon

This filter accepts the f

mode, m
Set vectorscope mode.
It accepts the following values:
gray
Gray values are displayed on graph, higher brightness means more pixels have same component color value on location in graph.
This is the default mode.
color
Gray values are displayed on graph. Surrounding pixels values which are not present in video frame are drawn in gradient of 2 color
components which are set by option x and y. The 3rd color component is static.
color2
Actual color components values present in video frame are displayed on graph.
color3
Similar as color2 but higher frequency of same values x and y on graph increases value of another color component, which is
luminance by default values of x and y.
color4
Actual colors present in video frame are displayed on graph. If two different colors map to same position on graph then color with
higher value of component not present in graph is picked.
color5
Gray values are displayed on graph. Similar to color but with 3rd color component picked from radial gradient.
x
Set which color component will be represented on X-axis. Default is 1.
y
Set which color component will be represented on Y-axis. Default is 2.
intensity, i
Set intensity, used by modes: gray, color, color3 and color5 for increasing brightness of color component which represents
frequency of (X, Y) location in graph.
envelope, e
none
No envelope, this is default.
instant
Instant envelope, even darkest single pixel will be clearly highlighted.
peak
Hold maximum and minimum values presented in graph over time. This way you can still spot out of range values without
constantly looking at vectorscope.
peak+instant
Peak and instant envelope combined together.
graticule, g
Set what kind of graticule to draw.
none
green
color
opacity, o
Set graticule opacity.
flags, f
Set graticule flags.
white
Draw graticule for white point.
black
Draw graticule for black point.
name
Draw color points short names.
bgopacity, b
Set background opacity.
lthreshold, l
Set low threshold for color component not represented on X or Y axis. Values lower than this value will be ignored. Default is 0. Note
this value is multiplied with actual max possible value one pixel component can have. So for 8-bit input and low threshold value of
0.1 actual threshold is 0.1 * 255 = 25.
hthreshold, h
Set high threshold for color component not represented on X or Y axis. Values higher than this value will be ignored. Default is 1.
Note this value is multiplied with actual max possible value one pixel component can have. So for 8-bit input and high threshold
value of 0.9 actual threshold is 0.9 * 255 = 230.
colorspace, c
Set what kind of colorspace to use when drawing graticule.
auto
601
709
Default is auto.

9.156 vidsta

Analyze video stabiliza

This filter generates a

To enable compilation
This filter accepts the f
result
Set the path to the file used to write the transforms information. Default value is transforms.trf.
shakiness
Set how shaky the video is and how quick the camera is. It accepts an integer in the range 1-10, a value of 1 means little shakiness,
a value of 10 means strong shakiness. Default value is 5.
accuracy
Set the accuracy of the detection process. It must be a value in the range 1-15. A value of 1 means low accuracy, a value of 15
means high accuracy. Default value is 15.
stepsize
Set stepsize of the search process. The region around minimum is scanned with 1 pixel resolution. Default value is 6.
mincontrast
Set minimum contrast. Below this value a local measurement field is discarded. Must be a floating point value in the range 0-1.
Default value is 0.3.
tripod
Set reference frame number for tripod mode.
If enabled, the motion of the frames is compared to a reference frame in the filtered stream, identified by the specified number. The
idea is to compensate all movements in a more-or-less static scene and keep the camera view absolutely still.
If set to 0, it is disabled. The frames are counted starting from 1.
show
Show fields and transforms in the resulting frames. It accepts an integer in the range 0-2. Default value is 0, which disables any
visualization.

9.156.1 Exampl

Use default value

vidstabdetect

Analyze strongly

vidstabdetect=sha

Visualize the resu

vidstabdetect=sho

Analyze a video w

ffmpeg -i input -vf

9.157 vidsta

Video stabilization/des

Read a file with transfo

To enable compilation

9.157.1 Options
input
Set path to the file used to read the transforms. Default value is transforms.trf.
smoothing
Set the number of frames (value*2 + 1) used for lowpass filtering the camera movements. Default value is 10.
For example a number of 10 means that 21 frames are used (10 in the past and 10 in the future) to smoothen the motion in the
video. A larger value leads to a smoother video, but limits the acceleration of the camera (pan/tilt movements). 0 is a special case
where a static camera is simulated.
optalgo
Set the camera path optimization algorithm.
Accepted values are:
gauss
gaussian kernel low-pass filter on camera motion (default)
avg
averaging on transformations

maxshift
Set maximal number of pixels to translate frames. Default value is -1, meaning no limit.
maxangle
Set maximal angle in radians (degree*PI/180) to rotate frames. Default value is -1, meaning no limit.
crop
Specify how to deal with borders that may be visible due to movement compensation.
Available values are:
keep
keep image information from previous frame (default)
black
fill the border black
invert
Invert transforms if set to 1. Default value is 0.
relative
Consider transforms as relative to previous frame if set to 1, absolute if set to 0. Default value is 0.
zoom
Set percentage to zoom. A positive value will result in a zoom-in effect, a negative value in a zoom-out effect. Default value is 0 (no
zoom).
optzoom
Set optimal zooming to avoid borders.
Accepted values are:
0
disabled
1
optimal static zoom value is determined (only very strong movements will lead to visible borders) (default)
2
optimal adaptive zoom value is determined (no borders will be visible), see zoomspeed
Note that the value given at zoom is added to the one calculated here.
zoomspeed
Set percent to zoom maximally each frame (enabled when optzoom is set to 2). Range is from 0 to 5, default value is 0.25.
interpol
Specify type of interpolation.
Available values are:
no
no interpolation
linear
linear only horizontal
bilinear
linear in both directions (default)
bicubic
cubic in both directions (slow)
tripod
Enable virtual tripod mode if set to 1, which is equivalent to relative=0:smoothing=0. Default value is 0.
Use also tripod option of vidstabdetect.
debug
Increase log verbosity if set to 1. Also the detected global motions are written to the temporary file global_motions.trf. Default
value is 0.

9.157.2 Exampl

Use ffmpeg for a t

ffmpeg -i inp.mpeg

Note the use of the un

Zoom in a bit mo

vidstabtransform=

Smoothen the vid

vidstabtransform=

9.158 vflip

Flip the input video ver

For example, to vertica

ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "vflip"

9.159 vignet

Make or reverse a natu

The filter accepts the f

angle, a
Set lens angle expression as a number of radians.
The value is clipped in the [0,PI/2] range.
Default value: "PI/5"
x0
y0
Set center coordinates expressions. Respectively "w/2" and "h/2" by default.
mode
Set forward/backward mode.
Available modes are:
forward
The larger the distance from the central point, the darker the image becomes.
backward
The larger the distance from the central point, the brighter the image becomes. This can be used to reverse a vignette effect,
though there is no automatic detection to extract the lens angle and other settings (yet). It can also be used to create a burning
effect.
Default value is forward.
eval
Set evaluation mode for the expressions (angle, x0, y0).
It accepts the following values:
init
Evaluate expressions only once during the filter initialization.
frame
Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame. This is way slower than the init mode since it requires all the scalers to be recomputed, but it allows advanced dynamic expressions.
Default value is init.
dither
Set dithering to reduce the circular banding effects. Default is 1 (enabled).
aspect
Set vignette aspect. This setting allows one to adjust the shape of the vignette. Setting this value to the SAR of the input will make
a rectangular vignetting following the dimensions of the video.
Default is 1/1.

9.159.1 Express

The alpha, x0 and y0 e

w
h
input width and height
n
the number of input frame, starting from 0
pts
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) time of the filtered video frame, expressed in TB units, NAN if undefined
r
frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
t
the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame, expressed in seconds, NAN if undefined
tb
time base of the input video

9.159.2 Exampl

Apply simple stro

vignette=PI/4

Make a flickering

vignette='PI/4+ran

9.160 vstack

Stack input videos vert

All streams must be of

Note that this filter is f

The filter accept the fo

inputs
Set number of input streams. Default is 2.
shortest
If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input terminates. Default value is 0.

9.161 w3fdif

Deinterlace the input v

Based on the process d

There are two sets of fi

filter
Set the interlacing filter coefficients. Accepts one of the following values:
simple
Simple filter coefficient set.
complex
More-complex filter coefficient set.
Default value is complex.
deint
Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following values:
all
Deinterlace all frames,
interlaced
Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
Default value is all.

9.162 wavef

Video waveform monit

The waveform monitor

It accepts the following

mode, m
Can be either row, or column. Default is column. In row mode, the graph on the left side represents color component value 0 and the
right side represents value = 255. In column mode, the top side represents color component value = 0 and bottom side represents
value = 255.
Set intensity. Smaller values are useful to find out how many values of the same luminance are distributed across input
rows/columns. Default value is 0.04. Allowed range is [0, 1].
Set mirroring mode. 0 means unmirrored, 1 means mirrored. In mirrored mode, higher values will be represented on the left side for
row mode and at the top for column mode. Default is 1 (mirrored).
Set display mode. It accepts the following values:
overlay
Presents information identical to that in the parade, except that the graphs representing color components are superimposed
directly over one another.
This display mode makes it easier to spot relative differences or similarities in overlapping areas of the color components that are
supposed to be identical, such as neutral whites, grays, or blacks.
stack
Display separate graph for the color components side by side in row mode or one below the other in column mode.
parade
Display separate graph for the color components side by side in column mode or one below the other in row mode.
Using this display mode makes it easy to spot color casts in the highlights and shadows of an image, by comparing the contours of
the top and the bottom graphs of each waveform. Since whites, grays, and blacks are characterized by exactly equal amounts of
red, green, and blue, neutral areas of the picture should display three waveforms of roughly equal width/height. If not, the
correction is easy to perform by making level adjustments the three waveforms.
Default is stack.

Set which color components to display. Default is 1, which means only luminance or red color component if input is in RGB
colorspace. If is set for example to 7 it will display all 3 (if) available color components.
none
No envelope, this is default.
instant
Instant envelope, minimum and maximum values presented in graph will be easily visible even with small step value.
peak
Hold minimum and maximum values presented in graph across time. This way you can still spot out of range values without
constantly looking at waveforms.
peak+instant
Peak and instant envelope combined together.
lowpass
No filtering, this is default.
flat
Luma and chroma combined together.
aflat
Similar as above, but shows difference between blue and red chroma.
chroma
Displays only chroma.
color
Displays actual color value on waveform.
acolor
Similar as above, but with luma showing frequency of chroma values.
Set which graticule to display.
none
Do not display graticule.
green
Display green graticule showing legal broadcast ranges.
Set graticule opacity.
Set graticule flags.
numbers
Draw numbers above lines. By default enabled.
dots
Draw dots instead of lines.
Set scale used for displaying graticule.
digital
millivolts
ire
Default is digital.
Set background opacity.

Set first field. Available values are:

top, t
Set the frame as top-field-first.
bottom, b
Set the frame as bottom-field-first.

Interlace video using select and separatefields filter:

separatefields,select=eq(mod(n,4),0)+eq(mod(n,4),3),weave

Set the scaling dimension: 2 for 2xBR, 3 for 3xBR and 4 for 4xBR. Default is 3.

The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following values:

0, send_frame
Output one frame for each frame.
1, send_field
Output one frame for each field.
2, send_frame_nospatial
Like send_frame, but it skips the spatial interlacing check.
3, send_field_nospatial
Like send_field, but it skips the spatial interlacing check.
The default value is send_frame.
The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It accepts one of the following values:
0, tff
Assume the top field is first.
1, bff
Assume the bottom field is first.
-1, auto
Enable automatic detection of field parity.
The default value is auto. If the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not export this information, top field first will be
assumed.
Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following values:
0, all
Deinterlace all frames.
1, interlaced
Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
The default value is all.

Set the zoom expression. Default is 1.

Set the x and y expression. Default is 0.

Set the duration expression in number of frames. This sets for how many number of frames effect will last for single input image.
Set the output image size, default is hd720.
Set the output frame rate, default is 25.

Input width.
Input height.
Output width.
Output height.

Input frame count.

Output frame count.

Last calculated x and y position from x and y expression for current input frame.

x and y of last output frame of previous input frame or 0 when there was not yet such frame (first input frame).
Last calculated zoom from z expression for current input frame.
Last calculated zoom of last output frame of previous input frame.
Number of output frames for current input frame. Calculated from d expression for each input frame.
number of output frames created for previous input frame
Rational number: input width / input height
sample aspect ratio
display aspect ratio

Zoom-in up to 1.5 and pan at same time to some spot near center of picture:
zoompan=z='min(zoom+0.0015,1.5)':d=700:x='if(gte(zoom,1.5),x,x+1/a)':y='if(gte(zoom,1.5),y,y+1)':s=640x360

Zoom-in up to 1.5 and pan always at center of picture:

zoompan=z='min(zoom+0.0015,1.5)':d=700:x='iw/2-(iw/zoom/2)':y='ih/2-(ih/zoom/2)'

Same as above but without pausing:

zoompan=z='min(max(zoom,pzoom)+0.0015,1.5)':d=1:x='iw/2-(iw/zoom/2)':y='ih/2-(ih/zoom/2)'

Set the output video dimension expression. Default value is the input dimension.
If the width or w is 0, the input width is used for the output. If the height or h is 0, the input height is used for the output.
If one of the values is -1, the zscale filter will use a value that maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the
other specified dimension. If both of them are -1, the input size is used
If one of the values is -n with n > 1, the zscale filter will also use a value that maintains the aspect ratio of the input image,
calculated from the other specified dimension. After that it will, however, make sure that the calculated dimension is divisible by n
and adjust the value if necessary.
See below for the list of accepted constants for use in the dimension expression.
Set the video size. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
Set the dither type.
Possible values are:
none

ordered
random
error_difusion
Default is none.
Set the resize filter type.
Possible values are:
point
bilinear
bicubic
spline16
spline36
lanczos
Default is bilinear.
Set the color range.
Possible values are:
input
limited
full
Default is same as input.
Set the color primaries.
Possible values are:
input
709
unspecified
170m
240m
2020
Default is same as input.
Set the transfer characteristics.
Possible values are:
input
709
unspecified
601
linear
2020_10
2020_12
Default is same as input.
Set the colorspace matrix.
Possible value are:
input
709
unspecified
470bg
170m
2020_ncl
2020_cl
Default is same as input.
Set the input color range.
Possible values are:
input
limited
full
Default is same as input.
Set the input color primaries.
Possible values are:
input
709
unspecified
170m
240m
2020
Default is same as input.

Set the input transfer characteristics.

Possible values are:
input
709
unspecified
601
linear
2020_10
2020_12
Default is same as input.
Set the input colorspace matrix.
Possible value are:
input
709
unspecified
470bg
170m
2020_ncl
2020_cl
Set the output chroma location.
Possible values are:
input
left
center
topleft
top
bottomleft
bottom
Set the input chroma location.
Possible values are:
input
left
center
topleft
top
bottomleft
bottom

The input width and height

These are the same as in_w and in_h.

The output (scaled) width and height

These are the same as out_w and out_h

The same as iw / ih
input sample aspect ratio
The input display aspect ratio. Calculated from (iw / ih) * sar.
horizontal and vertical input chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.

horizontal and vertical output chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" hsub is 2 and vsub is 1.

Specify the size (width and height) of the buffered video frames. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size"
section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
The input video width.
The input video height.
A string representing the pixel format of the buffered video frames. It may be a number corresponding to a pixel format, or a pixel
format name.
Specify the timebase assumed by the timestamps of the buffered frames.
Specify the frame rate expected for the video stream.
The sample (pixel) aspect ratio of the input video.
Specify the optional parameters to be used for the scale filter which is automatically inserted when an input change is detected in
the input size or format.
When using a hardware pixel format, this should be a reference to an AVHWFramesContext describing input frames.

ormat definition in libavutil/pixfmt.h), this example corresponds to:

Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from the specified file. In the file, each non-whitespace character is
considered an alive cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the file will be ignored.
Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from the specified string.
Each non-whitespace character in the string is considered an alive cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in
the string will be ignored.
Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second. Default is 25.
Set the random fill ratio for the initial cellular automaton row. It is a floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to
1/PHI.
This option is ignored when a file or a pattern is specified.
Set the seed for filling randomly the initial row, must be an integer included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if
explicitly set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.
Set the cellular automaton rule, it is a number ranging from 0 to 255. Default value is 110.
Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual.
If filename or pattern is specified, the size is set by default to the width of the specified initial state row, and the height is set to
width * PHI.
If size is set, it must contain the width of the specified pattern string, and the specified pattern will be centered in the larger row.

If a filename or a pattern string is not specified, the size value defaults to "320x518" (used for a randomly generated initial state).
If set to 1, scroll the output upward when all the rows in the output have been already filled. If set to 0, the new generated row will
be written over the top row just after the bottom row is filled. Defaults to 1.
If set to 1, completely fill the output with generated rows before outputting the first frame. This is the default behavior, for disabling
set the value to 0.
If set to 1, stitch the left and right row edges together. This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.

Read the initial state from pattern, and specify an output of size 200x400.
cellauto=f=pattern:s=200x400

Generate a random initial row with a width of 200 cells, with a fill ratio of 2/3:
cellauto=ratio=2/3:s=200x200

Create a pattern generated by rule 18 starting by a single alive cell centered on an initial row with width 100:
cellauto=p=@:s=100x400:full=0:rule=18

Specify a more elaborated initial pattern:

cellauto=p='@@ @ @@':s=100x400:full=0:rule=18

List all available generators along with all their respective options as well as possible minimum and maximum values along with the
default values.
list_generators=true

Specify the size of the sourced video. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. The default value is 320x240.
Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
frame_rate_num/frame_rate_den, an integer number, a floating point number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default
value is "25".
Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video.
Set the duration of the sourced video. See (ffmpeg-utils)the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted
syntax.
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is supposed to be generated forever.

Use CIQRCodeGenerator to create a QR code for the FFmpeg homepage, given as complete and escaped command-line for Apples

ffmpeg

-f

lavfi

-i

coreimagesrc=s=100x100:filter=CIQRCodeGenerator@inputMessage=https\\\\\://FFmpeg.org/@inputCorrectionLevel=H

Set the terminal pts value. Default value is 400.

Set the terminal scale value. Must be a floating point value. Default value is 0.3.
Set the inner coloring mode, that is the algorithm used to draw the Mandelbrot fractal internal region.
It shall assume one of the following values:
black
Set black mode.
convergence
Show time until convergence.
mincol
Set color based on point closest to the origin of the iterations.
period
Set period mode.
Default value is mincol.
Set the bailout value. Default value is 10.0.
Set the maximum of iterations performed by the rendering algorithm. Default value is 7189.
Set outer coloring mode. It shall assume one of following values:
iteration_count
Set iteration cound mode.
normalized_iteration_count
set normalized iteration count mode.
Default value is normalized_iteration_count.
Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is "25".
Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is "640x480".
Set the initial scale value. Default value is 3.0.
Set the initial x position. Must be
-0.743643887037158704752191506114774.

floating

point

value

between

-100

and

100.

Default

value

is

Set the initial y position. Must be

-0.131825904205311970493132056385139.

floating

point

value

between

-100

and

100.

Default

value

is

Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
frame_rate_num/frame_rate_den, an integer number, a floating point number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default
value is "25".
Set the duration of the sourced video. See (ffmpeg-utils)the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted
syntax.
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is supposed to be generated forever.
Set the number or the name of the test to perform. Supported tests are:
dc_luma
dc_chroma
freq_luma
freq_chroma
amp_luma
amp_chroma
cbp
mv
ring1
ring2

all
Default value is "all", which will cycle through the list of all tests.

The size of the video to generate. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual.
The framerate of the generated video. It may be a string of the form num/den or a frame rate abbreviation.
The name to the frei0r source to load. For more information regarding frei0r and how to set the parameters, read the frei0r section
in the video filters documentation.
A |-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r source.

ls that are horizontally, vertically, or diagonally adjacent.

pecify the rule to adopt.

Set the file from which to read the initial grid state. In the file, each non-whitespace character is considered an alive cell, and
newline is used to delimit the end of each row.
If this option is not specified, the initial grid is generated randomly.
Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second. Default is 25.
Set the random fill ratio for the initial random grid. It is a floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to 1/PHI. It is
ignored when a file is specified.
Set the seed for filling the initial random grid, must be an integer included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if
explicitly set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.
Set the life rule.
A rule can be specified with a code of the kind "SNS/BNB", where NS and NB are sequences of numbers in the range 0-8, NS
specifies the number of alive neighbor cells which make a live cell stay alive, and NB the number of alive neighbor cells which make
a dead cell to become alive (i.e. to "born"). "s" and "b" can be used in place of "S" and "B", respectively.
Alternatively a rule can be specified by an 18-bits integer. The 9 high order bits are used to encode the next cell state if it is alive
for each number of neighbor alive cells, the low order bits specify the rule for "borning" new cells. Higher order bits encode for an
higher number of neighbor cells. For example the number 6153 = (12<<9)+9 specifies a stay alive rule of 12 and a born rule of 9,
which corresponds to "S23/B03".
Default value is "S23/B3", which is the original Conways game of life rule, and will keep a cell alive if it has 2 or 3 neighbor alive
cells, and will born a new cell if there are three alive cells around a dead cell.
Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual.
If filename is specified, the size is set by default to the same size of the input file. If size is set, it must contain the size specified in
the input file, and the initial grid defined in that file is centered in the larger resulting area.
If a filename is not specified, the size value defaults to "320x240" (used for a randomly generated initial grid).
If set to 1, stitch the left and right grid edges together, and the top and bottom edges also. Defaults to 1.

Set cell mold speed. If set, a dead cell will go from death_color to mold_color with a step of mold. mold can have a value from 0 to
255.
Set the color of living (or new born) cells.
Set the color of dead cells. If mold is set, this is the first color used to represent a dead cell.
Set mold color, for definitely dead and moldy cells.
For the syntax of these 3 color options, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.

Read a grid from pattern, and center it on a grid of size 300x300 pixels:
life=f=pattern:s=300x300

Generate a random grid of size 200x200, with a fill ratio of 2/3:

life=ratio=2/3:s=200x200

Specify a custom rule for evolving a randomly generated grid:

life=rule=S14/B34

Full example with slow death effect (mold) using ffplay:

ffplay -f lavfi life=s=300x200:mold=10:r=60:ratio=0.1:death_color=#C83232:life_color=#00ff00,scale=1200:800:flags=16

testsrc, testsrc2, yuvtestsrc

the input data.

a format conversion.

Specify the color of the source, only available in the color source. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the
ffmpeg-utils manual.
Specify the level of the Hald CLUT, only available in the haldclutsrc source. A level of N generates a picture of N*N*N by N*N*N pixels
to be used as identity matrix for 3D lookup tables. Each component is coded on a 1/(N*N) scale.
Specify the size of the sourced video. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. The default value is 320x240.
This option is not available with the haldclutsrc filter.
Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
frame_rate_num/frame_rate_den, an integer number, a floating point number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default
value is "25".
Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video.
Set the duration of the sourced video. See (ffmpeg-utils)the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual for the accepted
syntax.
If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is supposed to be generated forever.
Set the number of decimals to show in the timestamp, only available in the testsrc source.
The displayed timestamp value will correspond to the original timestamp value multiplied by the power of 10 of the specified value.
Default value is 0.

d.

e geq filter:

Set the color of the created image. Accepts the same syntax of the corresponding color option.

ystem.

ameter to avfilter_init_filter for initialization.

Specify how histogram is calculated.

It accepts the following values:
single
Use single histogram for all channels.
separate
Use separate histogram for each channel.
Default is single.
Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is "25".
Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is hd720.
Set display scale.
It accepts the following values:
log
logarithmic
sqrt
square root
cbrt
cubic root
lin
linear
rlog
reverse logarithmic
Default is log.
Set amplitude scale.
It accepts the following values:

log
logarithmic
lin
linear
Default is log.
Set how much frames to accumulate in histogram. Defauls is 1. Setting this to -1 accumulates all frames.
Set histogram ratio of window height.
Set sonogram sliding.
It accepts the following values:
replace
replace old rows with new ones.
scroll
scroll from top to bottom.
Default is replace.

Set the output frame rate. Default value is 25.

Set the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is 800x400.

Specify the red, green, blue contrast. Default values are 2, 7 and 1. Allowed range is [0, 255].

Set color which will be used for drawing median phase. If color is none which is default, no median phase value will be drawn.
urrent audio frame. Value is in range [-1, 1]. The -1 means left and right channels are completely out of phase and 1 means channels are in phase.

signal, consisting of identical left and right signal, results in straight vertical line. Any stereo separation is visible as a deviation from this line, creating a Lissajous
right channels are out of phase.

Set the vectorscope mode.

Available values are:
lissajous
Lissajous rotated by 45 degrees.
lissajous_xy
Same as above but not rotated.
polar
Shape resembling half of circle.
Default value is lissajous.
Set the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is 400x400.
Set the output frame rate. Default value is 25.

Specify the red, green, blue and alpha contrast. Default values are 40, 160, 80 and 255. Allowed range is [0, 255].

Specify the red, green, blue and alpha fade. Default values are 15, 10, 5 and 5. Allowed range is [0, 255].
Set the zoom factor. Default value is 1. Allowed range is [1, 10].
Set the vectorscope drawing mode.

Available values are:

dot
Draw dot for each sample.
line
Draw line between previous and current sample.
Default value is dot.
Specify amplitude scale of audio samples.
Available values are:
lin
Linear.
sqrt
Square root.
cbrt
Cubic root.
log
Logarithmic.

Complete example using ffplay:

ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
[a] avectorscope=zoom=1.3:rc=2:gc=200:bc=10:rf=1:gf=8:bf=7 [out0]'

Start or stop a timer.

Available values are:
start
Get the current time, set it as frame metadata (using the key lavfi.bench.start_time), and forward the frame to the next filter.
stop
Get the current time and fetch the lavfi.bench.start_time metadata from the input frame metadata to get the time difference. Time
difference, average, maximum and minimum time (respectively t, avg, max and min) are then printed. The timestamps are
expressed in seconds.

Benchmark selectivecolor filter:

bench=start,selectivecolor=reds=-.2 .12 -.49,bench=stop

other.
segments must have the same number of streams of each type, and that will also be the number of streams at output.

Set the number of segments. Default is 2.

Set the number of output video streams, that is also the number of video streams in each segment. Default is 1.
Set the number of output audio streams, that is also the number of audio streams in each segment. Default is 0.
Activate unsafe mode: do not fail if segments have a different format.

utputs.

in the same order as the outputs, then the inputs for the second segment, etc.

on, for various reasons including codec frame size or sloppy authoring. For that reason, related synchronized streams (e.g. a video and its audio track) should be
the longest stream in each segment (except the last one), and if necessary pad shorter audio streams with silence.

stamp 0.

all segments; the filtering system will automatically select a common pixel format for video streams, and a common sample format, sample rate and channel layout
be converted explicitly by the user.

rame rate at output; be sure to configure the output file to handle it.

Concatenate an opening, an episode and an ending, all in bilingual version (video in stream 0, audio in streams 1 and 2):
ffmpeg -i opening.mkv -i episode.mkv -i ending.mkv -filter_complex \
'[0:0] [0:1] [0:2] [1:0] [1:1] [1:2] [2:0] [2:1] [2:2]
concat=n=3:v=1:a=2 [v] [a1] [a2]' \
-map '[v]' -map '[a1]' -map '[a2]' output.mkv

Concatenate two parts, handling audio and video separately, using the (a)movie sources, and adjusting the resolution:
movie=part1.mp4, scale=512:288 [v1] ; amovie=part1.mp4 [a1] ;
movie=part2.mp4, scale=512:288 [v2] ; amovie=part2.mp4 [a2] ;
[v1] [v2] concat [outv] ; [a1] [a2] concat=v=0:a=1 [outa]

udio and video streams do not have exactly the same duration in the first file.

Set 1st frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw a graph.
Set 1st foreground color expression.
Set 2nd frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw a graph.
Set 2nd foreground color expression.
Set 3rd frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw a graph.
Set 3rd foreground color expression.
Set 4th frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw a graph.
Set 4th foreground color expression.
Set minimal value of metadata value.
Set maximal value of metadata value.
Set graph background color. Default is white.
Set graph mode.
Available values for mode is:
bar
dot
line
Default is line.
Set slide mode.
Available values for slide is:
frame

Draw new frame when right border is reached.

replace
Replace old columns with new ones.
scroll
Scroll from right to left.
rscroll
Scroll from left to right.
picture
Draw single picture.
Default is frame.
Set size of graph video. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The
default value is 900x256.
The foreground color expressions can use the following variables:
MIN
Minimal value of metadata value.
MAX
Maximal value of metadata value.
VAL
Current metadata key value.
The color is defined as 0xAABBGGRR.

ta from signalstats filter:

avfi.signalstats.YAVG:min=0:max=255

ta from ebur128 filter:

drawgraph=lavfi.r128.M:min=-120:max=5

r. This filter takes an audio stream as input and outputs it unchanged. By default, it logs a message at a frequency of 10Hz with the Momentary loudness (identified
ness (S), Integrated loudness (I) and Loudness Range (LRA).
deo output (see the video option) with a real time graph to observe the loudness evolution. The graphic contains the logged message mentioned above, so it is not
this option is set, unless the verbose logging is set. The main graphing area contains the short-term loudness (3 seconds of analysis), and the gauge on the right is
dness (400 milliseconds).

t the Loudness Recommendation EBU R128 on http://tech.ebu.ch/loudness.

ollowing options:
Activate the video output. The audio stream is passed unchanged whether this option is set or no. The video stream will be the first
output stream if activated. Default is 0.
Set the video size. This option is for video only. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the
ffmpeg-utils manual. Default and minimum resolution is 640x480.
Set the EBU scale meter. Default is 9. Common values are 9 and 18, respectively for EBU scale meter +9 and EBU scale meter +18.
Any other integer value between this range is allowed.
Set metadata injection. If set to 1, the audio input will be segmented into 100ms output frames, each of them containing various
loudness information in metadata. All the metadata keys are prefixed with lavfi.r128..
Default is 0.
Force the frame logging level.
Available values are:
info
information logging level
verbose
verbose logging level
By default, the logging level is set to info. If the video or the metadata options are set, it switches to verbose.
Set peak mode(s).
Available modes can be cumulated (the option is a flag type). Possible values are:
none
Disable any peak mode (default).
sample
Enable sample-peak mode.
Simple peak mode looking for the higher sample value. It logs a message for sample-peak (identified by SPK).
true
Enable true-peak mode.

If enabled, the peak lookup is done on an over-sampled version of the input stream for better peak accuracy. It logs a message for
true-peak. (identified by TPK) and true-peak per frame (identified by FTPK). This mode requires a build with libswresample.

mono
Treat mono input files as "dual mono". If a mono file is intended for playback on a stereo system, its EBU R128 measurement will be
perceptually incorrect. If set to true, this option will compensate for this effect. Multi-channel input files are not affected by this
option.

nlaw
Set a specific pan law to be used for the measurement of dual mono files. This parameter is optional, and has a default value of
-3.01dB.

12.7.1 Examples

Real-time graph using ffplay, with a EBU scale meter +18:

ffplay -f lavfi -i "amovie=input.mp3,ebur128=video=1:meter=18 [out0][out1]"

Run an analysis with ffmpeg:

ffmpeg -nostats -i input.mp3 -filter_complex ebur128 -f null -

12.8 interleave, ainterleave

Temporally interleave frames from several inputs.

interleave works with video inputs, ainterleave with audio.

These filters read frames from several inputs and send the oldest queued frame to the output.

Input streams must have well defined, monotonically increasing frame timestamp values.

In order to submit one frame to output, these filters need to enqueue at least one frame for each input, so they cannot work in case one input is not yet terminated
and will not receive incoming frames.

For example consider the case when one input is a select filter which always drops input frames. The interleave filter will keep reading from that input, but it will never
be able to send new frames to output until the input sends an end-of-stream signal.
Also, depending on inputs synchronization, the filters will drop frames in case one input receives more frames than the other ones, and the queue is already filled.

These filters accept the following options:

nb_inputs, n
Set the number of different inputs, it is 2 by default.

12.8.1 Examples

Interleave frames belonging to different streams using ffmpeg:

ffmpeg -i bambi.avi -i pr0n.mkv -filter_complex "[0:v][1:v] interleave" out.avi

Add flickering blur effect:

select='if(gt(random(0), 0.2), 1, 2)':n=2 [tmp], boxblur=2:2, [tmp] interleave

12.9 metadata, ametadata

Manipulate frame metadata.
This filter accepts the following options:
mode
Set mode of operation of the filter.
Can be one of the following:
select
If both value and key is set, select frames which have such metadata. If only key is set, select every frame that has such key in
metadata.
add
Add new metadata key and value. If key is already available do nothing.
modify
Modify value of already present key.
delete
If value is set, delete only keys that have such value. Otherwise, delete key. If key is not set, delete all metadata values in the frame.
print
Print key and its value if metadata was found. If key is not set print all metadata values available in frame.
key
Set key used with all modes. Must be set for all modes except print and delete.
value
Set metadata value which will be used. This option is mandatory for modify and add mode.

function
Which function to use when comparing metadata value and value.
Can be one of following:
same_str
Values are interpreted
starts_with
Values are interpreted
less
Values are interpreted
equal
Values are interpreted
greater
Values are interpreted
expr
Values are interpreted

as strings, returns true if metadata value is same as value.

as strings, returns true if metadata value starts with the value option string.
as floats, returns true if metadata value is less than value.
as floats, returns true if value is equal with metadata value.
as floats, returns true if metadata value is greater than value.
as floats, returns true if expression from option expr evaluates to true.

expr
Set expression which is used when function is set to expr. The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain the
following constants:
VALUE1
Float representation of value from metadata key.
VALUE2
Float representation of value as supplied by user in value option.
file
If specified in print mode, output is written to the named file. Instead of plain filename any writable url can be specified. Filename
- is a shorthand for standard output. If file option is not set, output is written to the log with AV_LOG_INFO loglevel.

12.9.1 Examples

Print all metadata values for frames with key lavfi.singnalstats.YDIF with values between 0 and 1.

signalstats,metadata=print:key=lavfi.signalstats.YDIF:value=0:function=expr:expr='between(VALUE1,0,1)'

Print silencedetect output to file metadata.txt.

silencedetect,ametadata=mode=print:file=metadata.txt

Direct all metadata to a pipe with file descriptor 4.

metadata=mode=print:file='pipe\:4'

12.10 perms, aperms

Set read/write permissions for the output frames.
These filters are mainly aimed at developers to test direct path in the following filter in the filtergraph.
The filters accept the following options:
mode
Select the permissions mode.
It accepts the following values:
none
Do nothing. This is the default.
ro
Set all the output frames read-only.
rw
Set all the output frames directly writable.
toggle
Make the frame read-only if writable, and writable if read-only.
random
Set each output frame read-only or writable randomly.
seed
Set the seed for the random mode, must be an integer included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set to -1,
the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.
Note: in case of auto-inserted filter between the permission filter and the following one, the permission might not be received as expected in
that following filter. Inserting a format or aformat filter before the perms/aperms filter can avoid this problem.

12.11 realtime, arealtime

Slow down filtering to match real time approximatively.
These filters will pause the filtering for a variable amount of time to match the output rate with the input timestamps. They are similar to the
re option to ffmpeg.

They accept the following options:

limit
Time limit for the pauses. Any pause longer than that will be considered a timestamp discontinuity and reset the timer. Default is 2
seconds.

12.12 select, aselect

Select frames to pass in output.
This filter accepts the following options:
expr, e
Set expression, which is evaluated for each input frame.
If the expression is evaluated to zero, the frame is discarded.
If the evaluation result is negative or NaN, the frame is sent to the first output; otherwise it is sent to the output with index ceil(val)1, assuming that the input index starts from 0.
For example a value of 1.2 corresponds to the output with index ceil(1.2)-1 = 2-1 = 1, that is the second output.
outputs, n
Set the number of outputs. The output to which to send the selected frame is based on the result of the evaluation. Default value is
1.
The expression can contain the following constants:
n
The (sequential) number of the filtered frame, starting from 0.
selected_n
The (sequential) number of the selected frame, starting from 0.
prev_selected_n
The sequential number of the last selected frame. Its NAN if undefined.
TB
The timebase of the input timestamps.
pts
The PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame, expressed in TB units. Its NAN if undefined.
t
The PTS of the filtered video frame, expressed in seconds. Its NAN if undefined.
prev_pts
The PTS of the previously filtered video frame. Its NAN if undefined.
prev_selected_pts
The PTS of the last previously filtered video frame. Its NAN if undefined.
prev_selected_t
The PTS of the last previously selected video frame. Its NAN if undefined.
start_pts
The PTS of the first video frame in the video. Its NAN if undefined.
start_t
The time of the first video frame in the video. Its NAN if undefined.
pict_type (video only)
The type of the filtered frame. It can assume one of the following values:
I
P
B
S
SI
SP
BI
interlace_type (video only)
The frame interlace type. It can assume one of the following values:
PROGRESSIVE
The frame is progressive (not interlaced).
TOPFIRST
The frame is top-field-first.
BOTTOMFIRST
The frame is bottom-field-first.
consumed_sample_n (audio only)
the number of selected samples before the current frame
samples_n (audio only)
the number of samples in the current frame
sample_rate (audio only)
the input sample rate
key
This is 1 if the filtered frame is a key-frame, 0 otherwise.

pos
the position in the file of the filtered frame, -1 if the information is not available (e.g. for synthetic video)
scene (video only)
value between 0 and 1 to indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a low probability for the current frame to introduce a new
scene, while a higher value means the current frame is more likely to be one (see the example below)
concatdec_select
The concat demuxer can select only part of a concat input file by setting an inpoint and an outpoint, but the output packets may
not be entirely contained in the selected interval. By using this variable, it is possible to skip frames generated by the concat
demuxer which are not exactly contained in the selected interval.
This works by comparing the frame pts against the lavf.concat.start_time and the lavf.concat.duration packet metadata values
which are also present in the decoded frames.
The concatdec_select variable is -1 if the frame pts is at least start_time and either the duration metadata is missing or the frame
pts is less than start_time + duration, 0 otherwise, and NaN if the start_time metadata is missing.
That basically means that an input frame is selected if its pts is within the interval set by the concat demuxer.
The default value of the select expression is "1".

12.12.1 Examples

Select all frames in input:

select

The example above is the same as:

select=1

Skip all frames:

select=0

Select only I-frames:

select='eq(pict_type\,I)'

Select one frame every 100:

select='not(mod(n\,100))'

Select only frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:

select=between(t\,10\,20)

Select only I-frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:

select=between(t\,10\,20)*eq(pict_type\,I)

Select frames with a minimum distance of 10 seconds:

select='isnan(prev_selected_t)+gte(t-prev_selected_t\,10)'

Use aselect to select only audio frames with samples number >
100:

aselect='gt(samples_n\,100)'

Create a mosaic of the first scenes:

ffmpeg -i video.avi -vf

-frames:v 1 preview.png

select='gt(scene\,0.4)',scale=160:120,tile

Comparing scene against a value between 0.3 and 0.5 is

generally a sane choice.

Send even and odd frames to separate outputs, and compose

them:
select=n=2:e='mod(n, 2)+1' [odd][even]; [odd] pad=h=2*ih [tmp];
[tmp][even] overlay=y=h

Select useful frames from an ffconcat file which is using inpoints

and outpoints but where the source files are not intra frame only.
ffmpeg -copyts -vsync 0 -segment_time_metadata 1 -i input.ffconcat
-vf select=concatdec_select -af aselect=concatdec_select output.avi

12.13 sendcmd, asendcmd

Send commands to filters in the filtergraph.
These filters read commands to be sent to other filters in the filtergraph.
sendcmd must be inserted between two video filters, asendcmd must be

inserted between two audio filters, but apart from that they act the same
way.
The specification of commands can be provided in the filter arguments with
the commands option, or in a file specified by the filename option.
These filters accept the following options:
commands, c
Set the commands to be read and sent to the other filters.
filename, f
Set the filename of the commands to be read and sent to the other filters.

12.13.1 Commands syntax

A commands description consists of a sequence of interval
specifications, comprising a list of commands to be executed when a
particular event related to that interval occurs. The occurring event is
typically the current frame time entering or leaving a given time
interval.
An interval is specified by the following syntax:
START[-END] COMMANDS;

The time interval is specified by the START and END times. END is
optional and defaults to the maximum time.
The current frame time is considered within the specified interval if it
is included in the interval [START, END), that is when the time is
greater or equal to START and is lesser than END.
COMMANDS consists of a sequence of one or more command
specifications, separated by ",", relating to that interval. The syntax of
a command specification is given by:
[FLAGS] TARGET COMMAND ARG

FLAGS is optional and specifies the type of events relating to the time
interval which enable sending the specified command, and must be a
non-null sequence of identifier flags separated by "+" or "|" and
enclosed between "[" and "]".
The following flags are recognized:
enter
The command is sent when the current frame timestamp enters the specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when
the previous frame timestamp was not in the given interval, and the current is.
leave
The command is sent when the current frame timestamp leaves the specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when
the previous frame timestamp was in the given interval, and the current is not.
If FLAGS is not specified, a default value of [enter] is assumed.
TARGET specifies the target of the command, usually the name
of the filter class or a specific filter instance name.
COMMAND specifies the name of the command for the target
filter.
ARG is optional and specifies the optional list of argument for the
given COMMAND.
Between one interval specification and another, whitespaces, or
sequences of characters starting with # until the end of line, are
ignored and can be used to annotate comments.
A simplified BNF description of the commands specification
syntax follows:
COMMAND_FLAG ::= "enter" | "leave"
COMMAND_FLAGS ::= COMMAND_FLAG [(+|"|")COMMAND_FLAG]

COMMAND
[ARG]

::= ["[" COMMAND_FLAGS "]"] TARGET COMMAND

COMMANDS
INTERVAL
INTERVALS

::= COMMAND [,COMMANDS]

::= START[-END] COMMANDS
::= INTERVAL[;INTERVALS]

12.13.2 Examples

Specify audio tempo change at second 4:

asendcmd=c='4.0 atempo tempo 1.5',atempo

Specify a list of drawtext and hue commands in a file.

# show text in the interval 5-10

5.0-10.0
[enter]
drawtext
'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=hello world',

reinit

[leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=';

# desaturate the image in the interval 15-20

15.0-20.0 [enter] hue s 0,

[enter]
'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=nocolor',

drawtext

reinit

drawtext

reinit

[leave] hue s 1,
[leave]
'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=color';

# apply an exponential saturation fade-out effect, starting

from time 25
25 [enter] hue s exp(25-t)

A filtergraph allowing to read and process the above

command list stored in a file test.cmd, can be
specified with:
sendcmd=f=test.cmd,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text
='',hue

12.14 setpts, asetpts

Change the PTS (presentation timestamp) of the input frames.
setpts works on video frames, asetpts on audio frames.

This filter accepts the following options:

expr
The expression which is evaluated for each frame to construct its timestamp.
The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can
contain the following constants:
FRAME_RATE
frame rate, only defined for constant frame-rate video
PTS
The presentation timestamp in input
N
The count of the input frame for video or the number of consumed samples, not including the current frame for audio, starting from
0.
NB_CONSUMED_SAMPLES
The number of consumed samples, not including the current frame (only audio)
NB_SAMPLES, S

The number of samples in the current frame (only audio)

SAMPLE_RATE, SR
The audio sample rate.
STARTPTS
The PTS of the first frame.
STARTT
the time in seconds of the first frame
INTERLACED
State whether the current frame is interlaced.
T
the time in seconds of the current frame
POS
original position in the file of the frame, or undefined if undefined for the current frame
PREV_INPTS
The previous input PTS.
PREV_INT
previous input time in seconds
PREV_OUTPTS
The previous output PTS.
PREV_OUTT
previous output time in seconds
RTCTIME
The wallclock (RTC) time in microseconds. This is deprecated, use time(0) instead.
RTCSTART
The wallclock (RTC) time at the start of the movie in microseconds.
TB
The timebase of the input timestamps.

12.14.1
Exampl
es

S
t
a
r
t
c
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
P
T
S
f
r
o
m
z
e
r
o

set
p
t
s
=
P
T
S

S
T
A
R
T
P
T
S

A
p
p
l
y
f
a
s
t
m
o
t
i
o
n
e
f
f
e
c
t
:

set
p
t
s
=
0
.
5
*
P
T
S

A
p
p
l
y
s
l
o
w
m
o
t
i
o
n
e
f
f
e
c
t
:

set
p
t
s
=
2
.
0
*
P
T
S

S
e
t
f
i
x
e
d
r
a
t
e
o
f
2
5
f
r
a
m
e
s
p
e
r
s
e
c
o
n
d
:

set
p
t
s
=
N
/
(
2
5
*
T
B
)

S
e
t
f
i
x
e

d
r
a
t
e
2
5
f
p
s
w
i
t
h
s
o
m
e
j
i
t
t
e
r
:

set
p
t
s
=
'
1
/
(
2
5
*
T
B
)
*
(
N
+
0
.
0
5
*
s
i
n
(
N
*
2
*
P
I
/
2
5
)
)
'

A
p

p
l
y
a
n
o
f
f
s
e
t
o
f
1
0
s
e
c
o
n
d
s
t
o
t
h
e
i
n
p
u
t
P
T
S
:

set
p
t
s
=
P
T
S
+
1
0
/
T
B

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
t
i
m
e
s

t
a
m
p
s
f
r
o
m
a
"
l
i
v
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
"
a
n
d
r
e
b
a
s
e
o
n
t
o
t
h
e
c
u
r
r
e
n
t
t
i
m
e
b
a
s
e
:

set
p
t
s
=
'
(
R
T

C
T
I
M
E
R
T
C
S
T
A
R
T
)
/
(
T
B
*
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
)
'

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
t
i
m
e
s
t
a
m
p
s
b
y
c
o
u
n
t
i
n
g
s
a
m
p
l
e
s
:

as
e
t
p

t
s
=
N
/
S
R
/
T
B

12.15
settb
,
asett
b
Set
the
timebase
to use for
the output
frames
timestamp
s.
It
is
mainly
useful for
testing
timebase
configurati
on.
It accepts
the
following
parameter
s:
expr, tb
The expression which is evaluated into the output timebase.
The
value
for tb is
an
arithme
tic
expressi
on
represe
nting a
rational.
The
expressi
on can
contain
the
constan
ts
"AVTB"
(the
default
timebas
e),
"intb"
(the
input
timebas
e) and
"sr"
(the
sample
rate,
audio
only).
Default
value is
"intb".

12.15
.1

Exam
ples

Se
t
th
e
ti
m
eb
as
e
to
1/
25
:
set
tb
=e
xp
r=
1/
25

Se
t
th
e
ti
m
eb
as
e
to
1/
10
:
set
tb
=e
xp
r=
0.
1

Se
t
th
e
ti
m
eb
as
e
to
10
01
/1
00
0:
set
tb
=1
+0
.0
01

Se
t
th
e
ti
m
eb
as
e
to
2*

int
b:

set
tb
=2
*in
tb

Se
t
th
e
de
fa
ult
ti
m
eb
as
e
va
lu
e:
set
tb
=A
VT
B

12.
16
sho
wcq
t
Convert
input
audio to
a video
output
represe
nting
frequen
cy
spectru
m
logarith
mically
using
BrownPuckett
e
constan
t
Q
transfor
m
algorith
m with
direct
frequen
cy
domain
coeffici
ent
calculat
ion (but
the
transfor
m itself
is
not
really
constan
t
Q,
instead
the
Q
factor is
actually

variable
/clampe
d), with
musical
tone
scale,
from E0
to
D#10.
The
filter
accepts
the
followin
g
options:
size, s
Specify the video size for the output. It must be even. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in
the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is 1920x1080.
fps,
rate,
r
Set the output frame rate. Default value is 25.
b
ar
_h
Set the bargraph height. It must be even. Default value is -1 which computes the bargraph height automatically.
a
x
i
s
_
h
Set the axis height. It must be even. Default value is -1 which computes the axis height automatically.
so
no_
h
Set the sonogram height. It must be even. Default value is -1 which computes the sonogram height automatically.
fullhd
Set the fullhd resolution. This option is deprecated, use size, s instead. Default value is 1.
sono_v,
volume
Specify the sonogram volume expression. It can contain variables:
bar_v
the bar_v evaluated expression
frequency, freq, f
the frequency where it is evaluated
timeclamp, tc
the value of timeclamp option
and functions:
a_weighting(f)
A-weighting of equal loudness
b_weighting(f)
B-weighting of equal loudness
c_weighting(f)
C-weighting of equal loudness.
Default value is 16.
bar_v,
volume2
Specify the bargraph volume expression. It can contain variables:
sono_v
the sono_v evaluated expression
frequency, freq, f
the frequency where it is evaluated
timeclamp, tc
the value of timeclamp option
and functions:
a_weighting(f)
A-weighting of equal loudness
b_weighting(f)
B-weighting of equal loudness
c_weighting(f)
C-weighting of equal loudness.
Default value is sono_v.

sono_g,
gamma
Specify the sonogram gamma. Lower gamma makes the spectrum more contrast, higher gamma makes the spectrum having more
range. Default value is 3. Acceptable range is [1, 7].
bar_g, gamma2
Specify the bargraph gamma. Default value is 1. Acceptable range is [1, 7].
timeclamp, tc
Specify the transform timeclamp. At low frequency, there is trade-off between accuracy in time domain and frequency domain. If
timeclamp is lower, event in time domain is represented more accurately (such as fast bass drum), otherwise event in frequency
domain is represented more accurately (such as bass guitar). Acceptable range is [0.1, 1]. Default value is 0.17.
basefreq
Specify the transform base frequency. Default value is 20.01523126408007475, which is frequency 50 cents below E0. Acceptable
range is [10, 100000].
endfreq
Specify the transform end frequency. Default value is 20495.59681441799654, which is frequency 50 cents above D#10. Acceptable
range is [10, 100000].
coeffclamp
This option is deprecated and ignored.
tlength
Specify the transform length in time domain. Use this option to control accuracy trade-off between time domain and frequency
domain at every frequency sample. It can contain variables:
frequency, freq, f
the frequency where it is evaluated
timeclamp, tc
the value of timeclamp option.
Default value is 384*tc/(384+tc*f).
count
Specify the transform count for every video frame. Default value is 6. Acceptable range is [1, 30].
fcount
Specify the transform count for every single pixel. Default value is 0, which makes it computed automatically. Acceptable range is
[0, 10].
fontfile
Specify font file for use with freetype to draw the axis. If not specified, use embedded font. Note that drawing with font file or
embedded font is not implemented with custom basefreq and endfreq, use axisfile option instead.
font
Specify fontconfig pattern. This has lower priority than fontfile. The : in the pattern may be replaced by | to avoid unnecessary
escaping.
fontcolor
Specify font color expression. This is arithmetic expression that should return integer value 0xRRGGBB. It can contain variables:
frequency, freq, f
the frequency where it is evaluated
timeclamp, tc
the value of timeclamp option
and functions:
midi(f)
midi number of frequency f, some midi numbers: E0(16), C1(24), C2(36), A4(69)
r(x), g(x), b(x)
red, green, and blue value of intensity x.
Default value is st(0, (midi(f)-59.5)/12); st(1, if(between(ld(0),0,1), 0.5-0.5*cos(2*PI*ld(0)), 0)); r(1-ld(1)) + b(ld(1)) .
axisfile
Specify image file to draw the axis. This option override fontfile and fontcolor option.
axis, text
Enable/disable drawing text to the axis. If it is set to 0, drawing to the axis is disabled, ignoring fontfile and axisfile option. Default
value is 1.
csp
Set colorspace. The accepted values are:
unspecified
Unspecified (default)
bt709
BT.709
fcc
FCC
bt470bg
BT.470BG or BT.601-6 625
smpte170m
SMPTE-170M or BT.601-6 525
smpte240m
SMPTE-240M
bt2020ncl
BT.2020 with non-constant luminance
cscheme

Set spectrogram color scheme. This is list of floating point values with format left_r|left_g|left_b|right_r|right_g|right_b. The default is 1|
0.5|0|0|0.5|1.

12.16.1 Exampl

Playing audio wh

ffplay -f lavfi 'amov

Same as above, b

ffplay
-f
lavfi
showcqt=fps=30:c

Playing at 1280x7

ffplay
-f
lavfi
showcqt=s=1280x

Disable sonogram

sono_h=0

A1 and its harmo

ffplay -f lavfi '

+0.1*sin(6*PI*55*t

asplit[a]

Same as above
domain:

ffplay -f lavfi '

+0.1*sin(6*PI*55*t

asplit[a]

Custom volume:

bar_v=10:sono_v=

Custom gamma,

bar_g=2:sono_g=2

Custom tlength e

tc=0.33:tlength='s
+ 384*tc / (tc*f / ld

Custom fontcolo
others are colore

fontcolor='if(mod(
g(1))':fontfile=myf

Custom font usin

font='Courier New

Custom frequenc

axisfile=myaxis.pn

12.17 showf

Convert input audio to

power spectrum. Au
frequency is on X-axis.

The filter accepts the f

size, s
Specify size of video. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default is
1024x512.
mode
Set display mode. This set how each frequency bin will be represented.
It accepts the following values:
line
bar
dot
Default is bar.
ascale
Set amplitude scale.
It accepts the following values:
lin
Linear scale.
sqrt
Square root scale.
cbrt
Cubic root scale.
log
Logarithmic scale.
Default is log.
fscale
Set frequency scale.
It accepts the following values:
lin
Linear scale.
log
Logarithmic scale.
rlog
Reverse logarithmic scale.
Default is lin.
win_size
Set window size.
It accepts the following values:
w16
w32
w64
w128
w256
w512
w1024
w2048
w4096
w8192
w16384
w32768
w65536
Default is w2048
win_func
Set windowing function.
It accepts the following values:
rect
bartlett
hanning
hamming
blackman
welch
flattop
bharris
bnuttall
bhann
sine
nuttall
lanczos
gauss
tukey
dolph
cauchy
parzen
poisson
Default is hanning.
overlap

Set window overlap. In range [0, 1]. Default is 1, which means optimal overlap for selected window function will be picked.
averaging
Set time averaging. Setting this to 0 will display current maximal peaks. Default is 1, which means time averaging is disabled.
colors
Specify list of colors separated by space or by | which will be used to draw channel frequencies. Unrecognized or missing colors
will be replaced by white color.
cmode
Set channel display mode.
It accepts the following values:
combined
separate
Default is combined.
minamp
Set minimum amplitude used in log amplitude scaler.

12.18 shows

Convert input audio to

The filter accepts the f

size, s
Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is 640x512.
slide
Specify how the spectrum should slide along the window.
It accepts the following values:
replace
the samples start again on the left when they reach the right
scroll
the samples scroll from right to left
fullframe
frames are only produced when the samples reach the right
rscroll
the samples scroll from left to right
Default value is replace.
mode
Specify display mode.
It accepts the following values:
combined
all channels are displayed in the same row
separate
all channels are displayed in separate rows
Default value is combined.
color
Specify display color mode.
It accepts the following values:
channel
each channel is displayed in a separate color
intensity
each channel is displayed using the same color scheme
rainbow
each channel is displayed using the rainbow color scheme
moreland
each channel is displayed using the moreland color scheme
nebulae
each channel is displayed using the nebulae color scheme
fire
each channel is displayed using the fire color scheme
fiery
each channel is displayed using the fiery color scheme
fruit
each channel is displayed using the fruit color scheme
cool
each channel is displayed using the cool color scheme
Default value is channel.
scale
Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values.

It accepts the following values:

lin
linear
sqrt
square root, default
cbrt
cubic root
log
logarithmic
4thrt
4th root
5thrt
5th root
Default value is sqrt.
saturation
Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide alternative color scheme. 0 is no saturation at all. Saturation
must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range. Default value is 1.
win_func
Set window function.
It accepts the following values:
rect
bartlett
hann
hanning
hamming
blackman
welch
flattop
bharris
bnuttall
bhann
sine
nuttall
lanczos
gauss
tukey
dolph
cauchy
parzen
poisson
Default value is hann.
orientation
Set orientation of time vs frequency axis. Can be vertical or horizontal. Default is vertical.

overlap
Set ratio of overlap window. Default value is 0. When value is 1 overlap is set to recommended size for specific window function
currently used.
gain
Set scale gain for calculating intensity color values. Default value is 1.
data
Set which data to display. Can be magnitude, default or phase.
rotation
Set color rotation, must be in [-1.0, 1.0] range. Default value is 0.
The usage is very simil

12.18.1 Exampl

Large window wit

showspectrum=s=

Complete examp

ffplay -f lavfi 'amov

[a] showsp

12.19 shows

Convert input audio to

The filter accepts the f

size, s

Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is 4096x2048.
mode
Specify display mode.
It accepts the following values:
combined
all channels are displayed in the same row
separate
all channels are displayed in separate rows
Default value is combined.
color
Specify display color mode.
It accepts the following values:
channel
each channel is displayed in a separate color
intensity
each channel is displayed using the same color scheme
rainbow
each channel is displayed using the rainbow color scheme
moreland
each channel is displayed using the moreland color scheme
nebulae
each channel is displayed using the nebulae color scheme
fire
each channel is displayed using the fire color scheme
fiery
each channel is displayed using the fiery color scheme
fruit
each channel is displayed using the fruit color scheme
cool
each channel is displayed using the cool color scheme
Default value is intensity.
scale
Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values.
It accepts the following values:
lin
linear
sqrt
square root, default
cbrt
cubic root
log
logarithmic
4thrt
4th root
5thrt
5th root
Default value is log.
saturation
Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide alternative color scheme. 0 is no saturation at all. Saturation
must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range. Default value is 1.
win_func
Set window function.
It accepts the following values:
rect
bartlett
hann
hanning
hamming
blackman
welch
flattop
bharris
bnuttall
bhann
sine
nuttall

lanczos
gauss
tukey
dolph
cauchy
parzen
poisson
Default value is hann.
orientation
Set orientation of time vs frequency axis. Can be vertical or horizontal. Default is vertical.
gain
Set scale gain for calculating intensity color values. Default value is 1.
legend
Draw time and frequency axes and legends. Default is enabled.
rotation
Set color rotation, must be in [-1.0, 1.0] range. Default value is 0.

12.19.1 Exampl

Extract an audio

ffmpeg -i audio.flac

12.20 showv

Convert input audio vo

The filter accepts the f

rate, r
Set video rate.
b
Set border width, allowed range is [0, 5]. Default is 1.
w
Set channel width, allowed range is [80, 8192]. Default is 400.
h
Set channel height, allowed range is [1, 900]. Default is 20.
f
Set fade, allowed range is [0.001, 1]. Default is 0.95.
c
Set volume color expression.
The expression can use the following variables:
VOLUME
Current max volume of channel in dB.
PEAK
Current peak.
CHANNEL
Current channel number, starting from 0.
t
If set, displays channel names. Default is enabled.
v
If set, displays volume values. Default is enabled.
o
Set orientation, can be horizontal or vertical, default is horizontal.
s
Set step size, allowed range s [0, 5]. Default is 0, which means step is disabled.

12.21 showw

Convert input audio to

The filter accepts the f

size, s
Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is 600x240.
mode
Set display mode.
Available values are:
point
Draw a point for each sample.

line
Draw a vertical line for each sample.
p2p
Draw a point for each sample and a line between them.
cline
Draw a centered vertical line for each sample.
Default value is point.
n
Set the number of samples which are printed on the same column. A larger value will decrease the frame rate. Must be a positive
integer. This option can be set only if the value for rate is not explicitly specified.
rate, r
Set the (approximate) output frame rate. This is done by setting the option n. Default value is "25".
split_channels
Set if channels should be drawn separately or overlap. Default value is 0.
colors
Set colors separated by | which are going to be used for drawing of each channel.
scale
Set amplitude scale.
Available values are:
lin
Linear.
log
Logarithmic.
sqrt
Square root.
cbrt
Cubic root.
Default is linear.

12.21.1 Exampl

Output the input

amovie=a.mp3,asp

Create a syntheti

aevalsrc=sin(1*2*P

12.22 showw

Convert input audio to

The filter accepts the f

size, s
Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the (ffmpeg-utils)"Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
manual. Default value is 600x240.
split_channels
Set if channels should be drawn separately or overlap. Default value is 0.
colors
Set colors separated by | which are going to be used for drawing of each channel.
scale
Set amplitude scale. Can be linear lin or logarithmic log. Default is linear.

12.22.1 Exampl

Extract a channe

ffmpeg -i audio.flac

12.23 sideda

Delete frame side data

This filter accepts the f

mode
Set mode of operation of the filter.
Can be one of the following:
select
Select every frame with side data of type.
delete
Delete side data of type. If type is not set, delete all side data in the frame.
type
Set side data type used with all modes. Must be set for select mode. For the list of frame side data types, refer to the
AVFrameSideDataType enum in libavutil/frame.h. For example, to choose AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN side data, you must specify
PANSCAN.

12.24 spectr

Sythesize audio from 2

time domain as presen

This filter is primarly c

because in such cases
and lin scale for phase
The filter accepts the f
sample_rate
Specify sample rate of output audio, the sample rate of audio from which spectrum was generated may differ.
channels
Set number of channels represented in input video spectrums.
scale
Set scale which was used when generating magnitude input spectrum. Can be lin or log. Default is log.
slide
Set slide which was used when generating inputs spectrums. Can be replace, scroll, fullframe or rscroll. Default is fullframe.
win_func
Set window function used for resynthesis.
overlap
Set window overlap. In range [0, 1]. Default is 1, which means optimal overlap for selected window function will be picked.
orientation
Set orientation of input videos. Can be vertical or horizontal. Default is vertical.

12.24.1 Exampl

First create magn

ffmpeg -i input.flac

ffmpeg -i input.flac

ffmpeg -i magnitud

12.25 split,

Split input into several

asplit works with audio

The filter accepts a sin

12.25.1 Exampl

Create two separ

[in] split [out0][out

To create 3 or mo

[in] asplit=3 [out0

Create two separ

[in] split [splitout1

[splitout1] crop=10

[splitout2] pad=20

Create 5 copies o

ffmpeg -i INPUT -fil

12.26 zmq, a

Receive commands sen

zmq and azmq work as

To enable these filters

For more information a

The zmq and azmq filte

The received message

TARGET COMMAND [ARG

TARGET specifies the t

COMMAND specifies th

ARG is optional and sp

Upon reception, the me

ERROR_CODE ERROR_RE
MESSAGE

MESSAGE is optional.

12.26.1 Exampl

Look at tools/zmqsend
Consider the following

ffplay -dumpgraph 1 -f la

color=s=100x100:c=red

color=s=100x100:c=blu

nullsrc=s=200x100, zmq
[bg][l] overlay

[bg+l

[bg+l][r] overlay=x=100

To change the color of

echo Parsed_color_0 c ye

To change the right sid

echo Parsed_color_1 c pi

13 Multim
Below is a description

13.1 amovie

This is the same as mo

13.2 movie

Read audio and/or vide

It accepts the following

filename
The name of the resource to read (not necessarily a file; it can also be a device or a stream accessed through some protocol).
format_name, f
Specifies the format assumed for the movie to read, and can be either the name of a container or an input device. If not specified,
the format is guessed from movie_name or by probing.
seek_point, sp
Specifies the seek point in seconds. The frames will be output starting from this seek point. The parameter is evaluated with
av_strtod, so the numerical value may be suffixed by an IS postfix. The default value is "0".

streams, s
Specifies the streams to read. Several streams can be specified, separated by "+". The source will then have as many outputs, in
the same order. The syntax is explained in the Stream specifiers section in the ffmpeg manual. Two special names, "dv" and "da"
specify respectively the default (best suited) video and audio stream. Default is "dv", or "da" if the filter is called as "amovie".
stream_index, si
Specifies the index of the video stream to read. If the value is -1, the most suitable video stream will be automatically selected. The
default value is "-1". Deprecated. If the filter is called "amovie", it will select audio instead of video.
loop
Specifies how many times to read the stream in sequence. If the value is less than 1, the stream will be read again and again.
Default value is "1".
Note that when the movie is looped the source timestamps are not changed, so it will generate non monotonically increasing
timestamps.
discontinuity
Specifies the time difference between frames above which the point is considered a timestamp discontinuity which is removed by
adjusting the later timestamps.

It allows overlaying a s

input -----------> deltapts0

^
|

movie --> scale--> delta

13.2.1 Example

Skip 3.2 seconds

movie=in.avi:seek

[in] setpts=PTS-ST

[main][over] overla

Read from a vide

movie=/dev/video0

[in] setpts=PTS-ST

[main][over] overla

Read the first vid

movie=dvd.vob:s=

13.2.2 Comman

Both movie and amovi

seek
Perform seek using "av_seek_frame". The syntax is: seek stream_index|timestamp|flags

stream_index: If stream_index is -1, a default stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted from
AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base.

timestamp: Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units.

flags: Flags which select direction and seeking mode.

get_duration

Get movie duration in AV_TIME_BASE units.

14 See Al

ffmpeg, ffplay, ffprobe,

15 Author

The FFmpeg developer

For details about the a

Maintainers for the spe

This docume